Table of Contents



UNITED STATES


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


SCHEDULE 14A


Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities


Exchange Act of 1934


Filed by the Registrant ☒


Filed by a Party other than the Registrant ☐


Check the appropriate box:


☐    Preliminary Proxy Statement

☐    Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))

☒     Definitive Proxy Statement

☐    Definitive Additional Materials

☐    Soliciting Material Pursuant to §240.14a-12


Preliminary Proxy Statement

Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))

Definitive Proxy Statement

Definitive Additional Materials

Soliciting Material Pursuant to §240.14a-12

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.



(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)



(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)


Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

☒    No fee required.

☐    Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11.

No fee required.

(1)

Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(1) and 0-11.

(1)

Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:

(2)

Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:

(3)

Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):

(4)

Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:

(5)

Total fee paid:


☐    Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

☐    Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.

Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

(1)

Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.

(1)

Amount Previously Paid:

(2)

Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:

(3)

Filing Party:

(4)

Date Filed:

1

PRELIMINARY COPY - SUBJECT TO COMPLETION


logo.jpg


download.jpg

NOTICE OF ANNUALSPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS


OF


MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.


TO BE HELD THURSDAY, OCTOBER 22, 2020


[ ], 2021

Dear Stockholders:


NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the 2020 Annuala Special Meeting of Stockholders (the “Annual“Special Meeting”) of Medley Management Inc. (the “Company”) will be held on Thursday, October 22, 2020,[ ], 2021, at 11:00 a.m.[ ] [a.m./p.m.] Eastern Time. Due to the public health impact of the COVID-19 outbreak and to support the health and well-being of our stockholders and other meeting participants, the AnnualSpecial Meeting will be held in a virtual meeting format setting only. You can participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting, vote, and submit questions via live webcast by visiting http://www.viewproxy.com/viewproxy.com/mdly/2020am/VM.2021/htype.asp. The purposes of the AnnualSpecial Meeting are to:


to consider and vote upon the:

1.

Elect

Approval of the director nominees listed inissuance of the Proxy Statement;


2.Ratify the appointment of RSM US LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2020;

3.Grant discretionary authorityCompany’s Class A common stock pursuant to the boardChapter 11 Plan of directorsReorganization of the Company (the “Board”) to amendMedley LLC, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split of the Company's common stock within the range of 1-5 to 1-10 to be determined by the Board andconsolidated subsidiary, in accordance with the reverse stock split to be effective at such time and date, if at all, as determined by the Board, but not later than December 26, 2020;NYSE listing rule requirements;


4.

2.

Approval of an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to decreaseincrease the number of authorized shares of all classesthe Company’s Class A common stock; and

3.

Adjournment of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock as describedSpecial Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies, in the Proxy Statement;


5.Approval on an advisory (non-binding) basis,event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the compensation ofSpecial Meeting to approve the Company’s named executive officersproposals above, as described in the Proxy Statement;

6.Approval of an amendment to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan to increase the number of the awards available for issuance thereunder by 10,000,000 to 19,000,000;

7.Voting on an advisory (non-binding) basis on the frequency of future advisory votes on executive compensation; and

8.Consider and act uponwell as any other matters whichitems that may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment(s) or postponement(s) thereof.Special Meeting.


Only stockholders of record at the close of business on September 17, 2020,[ ], 2021, or their duly appointed proxies, are entitled to receive notice of, to participate, and to vote at the AnnualSpecial Meeting. In order to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting via live webcast, stockholders must register in advance at http://www.viewproxy.com/viewproxy.com/mdly/2020am/VM2021/htype.asp by 11:59 P.M., Eastern Time on October 21, 2020.[ ], 2021. On the day of the Special Meeting, if you have properly registered, you may enter the Special Meeting by clicking on the link provided and the password you received via email in your registration confirmations. If you are a registered holder, you must register using thewill need your Control Number included on your proxy card.card in order to vote during the Special Meeting. If you hold your shares beneficially through a bank or broker, you must provide proof of stock ownership during registration. If you hold your shares beneficially through a bank or broker and would like to vote at the AnnualSpecial Meeting, you must provide a legal proxy from your bank or broker during registration and you will be assigned a Control Number in order to vote your shares during the AnnualSpecial Meeting. If you are unable to obtain a legal proxy to vote your shares, you will still be able to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting live via the Internet (but will not be able to vote your shares) so long as you demonstrate proof of stock ownership. Instructions on how to connect and participate via live webcast, including how to demonstrate proof of stock ownership, are posted at http:/www.viewproxy.com//viewproxy.com/mdly/2020am.2021/htype.asp.

2

Your vote is important to us. Whether you own a few shares or many, and whether or not you plan to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting, it is important that your shares be represented and voted at the meeting. You may vote your shares by proxy on the Internet, by telephone or by completing, signing and promptly returning a proxy card or through the Internet as described on



the enclosed proxy card. Voting online, by telephone or by returning your proxy card does not deprive you of your right to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting. If you do participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting and wish to vote your shares at the AnnualSpecial Meeting, you may revoke your proxy at or prior to the AnnualSpecial Meeting.

Thank you for your continued support of Medley Management Inc.


By Order of the Board of Directors,

/s/ Nathan Bryce
Nathan Bryce
General Counsel and Secretary


By Order of the Board of Directors,

/s/ Nathan Bryce

Nathan Bryce

General Counsel and Secretary

New York, New York


September 21, 2020


[    ], 2021

This Notice of AnnualSpecial Meeting and Proxy Statement are first being mailed on or about September 21, 2020.


Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to Be Held on October 22, 2020: This Proxy Statement and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 are available free of charge on the Investor Relations section of our website (www.mdly.com), a site that does not have “cookies” that identify visitors to the site.

[ ], 2021.

WE URGE YOU TO SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE, WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO PARTICIPATE IN THE ANNUALSPECIAL MEETING. THIS IS AN IMPORTANT MEETING. TO ENSURE PROPER REPRESENTATION AT THE ANNUALSPECIAL MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THE PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED SELF-ADDRESSED ENVELOPE OR VOTE BY TELEPHONE OR THROUGH THE INTERNET. EVEN IF YOU VOTE YOUR SHARES PRIOR TO THE ANNUALSPECIAL MEETING, YOU STILL MAY PARTICIPATE IN THE ANNUALSPECIAL MEETING BY VISITING HTTP://VIEWPROXY.COM/MDLY/2020AM/VM2021/HTYPE.ASP AND VOTE YOUR SHARES AT THE TIME OF THE ANNUALSPECIAL MEETING IF YOU WISH TO CHANGE YOUR VOTE. IN ORDER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE ANNUALSPECIAL MEETING VIA LIVE WEBCAST, STOCKHOLDERS MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE AT HTTP://WWW.VIEWPROXY.COM/VIEWPROXY.COM/MDLY/2020AM/VM 2021/HTYPE.ASP BY 11:59 P.M., EASTERN TIME ON OCTOBER 21, 2020.


[ ], 2021.

If you have questions about the AnnualSpecial Meeting or other information related to the proxy solicitation, you may contact Alliance Advisors, LLC, the Company’s proxy solicitor, at the address and telephone number listed below.


Alliance Advisors, LLC

200 Broadacres Drive, 3rd Floor

Bloomfield, New Jersey 07003

800-574-6393




Table of Contents

Page

GENERAL INFORMATION

5

QUESTIONS & ANSWERS ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

Page

7

GENERAL INFORMATION

OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

12

BACKGROUND OF THE MEDLEY LLC CHAPTER 11 PLAN

15

PROPOSAL NO. 1 - ELECTION– ISSUANCE OF DIRECTORSOUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THE MEDLEY LLC CHAPTER 11 PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NYSE LISTING RULE REQUIREMENTS

18

NOMINEES

REASONS FOR ELECTION TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN 2020SEEKING STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

18

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN GOVERNANCE MATTERS
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE AND INDEPENDENCE DETERMINATIONS
BOARD STRUCTURE
CONTROLLED COMPANY EXCEPTION
FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
BOARD COMMITTEES AND MEETINGS
COMMITTEE CHARTERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP
DELINQUENT SECTION 16(A) REPORTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS' ROLE IN RISK OVERSIGHT
EXECUTIVE SESSIONS
CODE OF CONDUCT AND ETHICS
DIRECTOR NOMINATION PROCESS
COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE BOARD
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2019 FISCAL YEAR END
NARRATIVE DISCLOSURE TO SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
GUARANTEED PAYMENTS
ANNUAL DISCRETIONARY BONUS
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
RETIREMENT PLAN
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION IN 2019
NARRATIVE TO DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES
SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PROPOSAL NO. 2 - RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
AUDIT COMMITTEE PRE-APPROVAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
RSM US LLP FEES
PROPOSAL NO. 3 - APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION TO EFFECT THE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
GENERAL
REASONS FOR THE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
BOARD DISCRETION TO IMPLEMENT THE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
CERTAIN RISKS AND POTENTIAL DISADVANTAGES ASSOCIATED WITH THE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
EFFECTIVE TIME
FRACTIONAL SHARES
EFFECTS OF THE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
NO APPRAISAL RIGHTS
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON

18

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

DILUTION AND IMPACT OF THE REVERSE STOCK SPLITEXISTING STOCKHOLDERS



18

REQUIRED VOTE

19

REQUIRED VOTE
PROPOSAL NO. 42 - APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION TO EFFECT THE AUTHORIZED SHARE REDUCTIONINCREASE

20

GENERAL

20

REASONS FOR

PURPOSES AND EFFECTS OF INCREASING THE NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED SHARE REDUCTIONSHARES

20

POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECTS OF AMENDMENT

REQUIRED VOTE

20

REQUIRED VOTE
PROPOSAL NO. 5 - ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) APPROVAL OF EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
PROPOSAL NO. 6 - APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
DESCRIPTION OF THE 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS UNDER THE 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
PROPOSAL NO. 7 - ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) VOTE ON FREQUENCY OF FUTURE VOTES ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 2021 ANNUAL MEETING

21

HOUSEHOLDING OF PROXY MATERIALS

21

OTHER BUSINESS

22

4






PRELIMINARY COPY-SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.


280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East


New York, New York 10017


212-759-0777


PROXY STATEMENT


Annual

Special Meeting of Stockholders


To Be Held on October 22, 2020


[    ], 2021

GENERAL INFORMATION


This Proxy Statement contains information related to the Annuala Special Meeting of Stockholders of Medley Management Inc. (the "Company") to be held on October 22, 2020[    ], 2021 at 11:00 a.m.[    ] [a.m./p.m.] Eastern Time (the “Annual“Special Meeting” ). You can participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting, vote, and submit questions via live webcast by visiting http://www.viewproxy.com/viewproxy.com/mdly/2020am/VM.2021/htype.asp. In order to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting via live webcast, stockholders must register in advance at http://www.viewproxy.com/viewproxy.com/mdly/2020am2021/htype.asp by 11:59 P.M., Eastern Time on October 21, 2020.[ ], 2021. You will be able to vote by following the instructions on the enclosed proxy card or voting instruction form. The proxy materials relating to the AnnualSpecial Meeting are being mailed to stockholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting on or about September 21, 2020.[    ], 2021. Except where the context requires otherwise, references to the “Company,” “Medley,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Medley Management Inc.


If you give no instructions on the proxy card, based upon the recommendation of the Board of Directors (the “Board” or “Board of Directors”Board) of Medley Management Inc., the shares covered by the proxy card will be voted FOR the election of eachapproval of the director nominees, FOR the ratificationissuance of the appointmentCompanys Class A common stock pursuant to the Chapter 11 Plan of RSM US LLP to serve asReorganization of Medley LLC, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm forCompanys consolidated subsidiary (the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan), in accordance with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, NYSE listing rule requirements; and FORthe approval of an amendment to ourthe Companys Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment) to effect a reverse stock split across all classes of the Company’s common stock within the range of 1-5 to 1-10 to be determined by the Board (the Reverse Stock Split); FOR the approval of an amendment to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), to reduceincrease the number of authorized shares of all classesthe Companys Class A common stock (the Proposed Authorized Share Increase Amendment).

If there are not enough votes to approve any proposals at the Special Meeting, the stockholders who are represented may adjourn the Special Meeting to permit the further solicitation of proxies. The persons named as proxies will vote those proxies for such adjournment, unless the proxies are marked to be voted against any proposal for which an adjournment is sought, to permit the further solicitation of proxies. In addition, the chairman of the Special Meeting will have the authority to adjourn the Special Meeting from time-to-time without notice and without the vote or approval of the stockholders.

Also, a stockholder vote may be taken on one or more of the proposals in this Proxy Statement prior to any such adjournment if there are sufficient votes for approval of such proposal(s).

Voluntary Chapter 11 Petition Filed by Medley LLC

On March 7, 2021, Medley LLC commenced a voluntary case (the “Chapter 11 Case”) under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Chapter 11 Case is captioned In re: Medley LLC, Case No.21-10526 (KBO). This Proxy Statement is only seeking the approval of (i) the issuance of the Company’s Class A common and preferred stock as described incontemplated by the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting (the Proposed Authorized Share Reduction Amendment); FOR the approval, on an advisory (non-binding) basis,terms of the compensation ofMedley LLC Chapter 11 Plan in accordance with the our named executive officers as disclosed in the Company’s proxy statement for the Annual Meeting; FORNYSE listing rule requirements, and (ii) the approval of the amendment to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan to increase the numberProposed Authorized Share Increase Amendment, in furtherance of awards available for issuance thereunder by 10,000,000 to 19,000,000; and the approval, on an advisory (non-binding) basis, of a frequency of EVERY YEAR for future advisory votes on executive compensation.


Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materialsproviding for the Annual Meetingissuance of Stockholdersthe Company’s Class A common stock to Be Held on October 22, 2020: This Proxy Statementoccur in connection with the Medley Chapter 11 Plan that needs to be approved by the Bankruptcy Court. See “Background of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan” for more information regarding the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan.

Regulatory Matter

On September 17, 2019, the staff of the Securities and our Annual Report on Form 10-K forExchange Commission’s Division of Enforcement (the “Staff”) informed the fiscal year endedCompany that it was conducting an informal inquiry and requested the production and preservation of certain documents and records. The Company fully cooperated with the Staff’s informal inquiry and began voluntarily providing the Staff with any requested documents.

By letter dated December 31,18, 2019, are available freethe Staff advised the Company that a formal order of charge onprivate investigation (the “Order”) had been issued and that the Investor Relations sectioninformal inquiry was now a formal investigation. The Order indicated that the investigation relates to Section 17(a) of our website (www.mdly.com)the Securities Act of 1933, Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, and Sections 206(1), a site that does not have “cookies” that identify visitors206(2), and 206(4) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)-8, Sections 13(a) and 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Rules 12b-20, 13a-1, 13a-11, 13a-13, and 14a-9 thereunder. The Company continues to cooperate fully with the site.investigation.

6


QUESTIONS & ANSWERS ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING

Why am I being provided with these materials?


We are providing you with these proxy materials in connection with the solicitation by the Board of Directors of Medley of proxies to be voted at our AnnualSpecial Meeting to be held on October 22, 2020,[   ], 2021, and at any adjournment(s) or postponement(s) thereof. Directors, officers and other Company employees also may solicit proxies by telephone or otherwise. Brokers and other nominees will be requested to solicit proxies or authorizations from beneficial owners and will be reimbursed for their reasonable expenses. We have also retained Alliance Advisors LLC to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the AnnualSpecial Meeting, as described below. You are invited to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting and to vote your shares at the AnnualSpecial Meeting. You may also vote your shares by Internet, telephone or mail.




What am I voting on?


being asked to consider and vote upon?

The following proposals are scheduled to be considered and voted onupon at the AnnualSpecial Meeting:


Proposal No. 1: Election of the director nominees listed in this Proxy Statement;

Proposal No. 2: Ratification of the appointment of RSM US LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2020;

Proposal No. 3: Approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment;
Proposal No. 4: Approval of the Proposed Authorized Share Reduction Amendment;
Proposal No. 5: Advisory (non-binding) approval of our executive compensation;
Proposal No. 6: Approval of an amendment to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") to increase the number of awards available for issuance thereunder by 10,000,000 to 19,000,000;
Proposal No. 7: Advisory (non-binding) vote on the frequency of future advisory votes on executive compensation; and
To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting.

Proposal No. 1: Approval of the issuance of the Company’s Class A common stock pursuant to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan in accordance with the NYSE listing rule requirements;

Proposal No. 2: Approval of an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of the Company’s Class A common stock; and

Proposal No. 3: Adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies, in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve the proposals above, as well as any other items that may properly come before the Special Meeting.

Who is entitled to vote?


Holders of our Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock at the close of business on September 17, 2020[    ], 2021 (the “Record Date”) may vote at the AnnualSpecial Meeting or any adjournment(s) or postponement(s) thereof.


How many votes do I have?


If you are a holder of our Class A common stock, you are entitled to one vote at our AnnualSpecial Meeting for each share of our Class A common stock that you held as of the close of business on the Record Date. If you are a holder of our Class B common stock, you are entitled to a number of votes at our AnnualSpecial Meeting that is equal to 10 times the number of units in Medley LLC (“LLC Units”) held by you as of the close of business on the Record Date, regardless of the number of shares of our Class B common stock held by you. All matters on the agenda for our AnnualSpecial Meeting will be voted on by the holders of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock voting together as a single class.


As of the Record Date, there were 6,434,364[    ] shares of our Class A common stock outstanding that will carry an aggregate of 6,434,364[    ] votes and 10010 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding that will carry an aggregate of 264,445,553 votes[    ] (i.e., a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the number of outstanding LLC Units, not including the 6,434,364[    ] LLC Units held by Medley)the Company). As of the Record Date, Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly owned by our pre-IPO owners, held all 10010 issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock.

7

For so long as our pre-IPO owners and then-current persons that are then providing services (including as a director) to the Company and/or its affiliates (“Medley personnelPersonnel”) hold at least 10% of the aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock and LLC Units (excluding those LLC Units held by Medley) then outstanding, referred to as the “Substantial Ownership Requirement,” our Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of our Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of our Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of our Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of our Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the number of LLC Units held by such holder. For purposes of calculating the Substantial Ownership Requirement, (1) shares of our Class A common stock deliverable to our pre-IPO owners and then-current Medley personnelPersonnel pursuant to outstanding equity awards will be deemed then outstanding and (2) shares of our Class A common stock and LLC Units held by any estate, trust, partnership or limited liability company or other similar entity of which any pre-IPO owner or then-current Medley personnel,Personnel, or any immediate family member thereof, is a trustee, partner, member or similar party will be considered held by such pre-IPO owner or other then-current Medley personnel.Personnel. From and after the time that the Substantial Ownership Requirement is no longer satisfied, our Class B common stock will entitle Medley Group LLC, without regard to the number of shares of our Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC that do not themselves hold shares of our Class B common stock and entitle each other holder of our Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of our Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LLC Units held by such holder.




What is a “broker non-vote”broker non-vote?


A broker non-vote occurs when shares held by a broker are not voted with respect to a proposal because (1) the broker has not received voting instructions from the stockholder who beneficially owns the shares and (2) the broker lacks the authority to vote the shares at his/her discretion. Under current New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules that govern broker non-votes, Proposal No. 1 Proposal No. 4, Proposal No. 5, Proposal No. 6 and Proposal No. 72 are considered a non-discretionary matter, and a broker will lack the authority to vote uninstructed shares at his/her discretion on these proposals. Proposal No. 2 and Proposal No. 3 are considered discretionary matters, and a broker will be permitted to exercise his/her discretion to vote uninstructed shares on such proposals. If for any reason the NYSE deems Proposal No. 2 or Proposal No. 3 to be non-discretionary, your broker will be given the authority to vote uninstructed shares at his/her discretion on such proposals.


How many votes are required to approve each proposal?


A quorum of stockholders must be established at the AnnualSpecial Meeting in order to transact business at the AnnualSpecial Meeting. In accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and pursuant to our By-LawsBylaws and Certificate of Incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the AnnualSpecial Meeting constitutes a quorum. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be counted in determining whether a quorum is present. In the absence of a quorum, the chairman of the AnnualSpecial Meeting or, by a majority in voting power thereof, the stockholders present may adjourn the AnnualSpecial Meeting. With respect to the electionapproval of the director nomineesissuance of our Class A common stock pursuant to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan in accordance with the NYSE listing rule requirements (Proposal No. 1), all elections of directors will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast. A plurality vote requirement means that the director nominees with the greatest number of votes cast, even if less than a majority, will be elected. There is no cumulative voting. If you vote “WITHHOLD AUTHORITY” with respect to a nominee, your shares will not be voted with respect to the person indicated. Abstentions and broker non-votes are not considered votes cast for purposes of the election of directors and, therefore, will have no effect on the outcome of such election.


With respect to the ratification of the independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2020 (Proposal No. 2), approval of the proposal requires a majority of the votes cast at the AnnualSpecial Meeting will be required. This means that there must be more votes “FOR” the proposal than the aggregate of votes “AGAINST” the proposal at the Special Meeting.Abstentions are not considered votes cast on this proposal and will have no effect on the vote for this proposal. Because brokers may“Broker non-votes” will have discretionary authority to vote forno effect on the ratificationoutcome of the appointmentthis vote.

8

With respect to the approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock SplitAuthorized Share Increase Amendment (Proposal No. 3) and the Proposed Authorized Share Reduction Amendment (Proposal No. 4)2), under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the Record Date is required to adopt and approve eachthe amendment. Because adoption and approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment and the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment requirerequires a majority of voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock, an abstention will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the proposals.proposal. Brokers, banks and other nominees may have discretionary authority to vote on the approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment and the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment and, therefore, no broker non-votes are anticipated with respect to these proposals,this proposal, however, if for any reason the NYSE deems Proposal No. 3 and Proposal No 42 to be a non-discretionary matter, any resulting broker non-votes would have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” Proposal No. 3 and Proposal No. 4.


With respect to the approval of the amendment to our Incentive Plan to increase the number of awards available for issuance thereunder by 10,000,000 to 19,000,000 (Proposal No. 6), approval of the proposal requires a majority of the votes cast at the Annual Meeting. Abstentions are not considered votes cast on this proposal and will have no effect on the vote for this proposal.

With respect to the approval of the advisory “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency” proposals (Proposal No. 5 and Proposal No. 7), the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at the Annual Meeting will be required for approval, on an advisory basis, of the Company’s executive compensation and on the frequency of future advisory votes on executive compensation. However, in the case of the say-on-pay frequency vote (Proposal No. 7), in the event that no option receives an affirmative vote of a majority of all of the votes cast at the Annual Meeting required for approval, on an advisory basis, we will consider the option that receives the highest number of votes cast to be the frequency recommendation selected by stockholders.

2.

As of the Record Date, Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, held all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and has the right to 264,445,553[ ] votes (representing 97.6%[ ]% of the voting power) and have advised us that they intend to vote all such shares in favor of the director nominees listed herein, for the ratification of the appointment of RSM US LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2020 and for the approval



of the Proposed Amendment to effect the Reverse Stock Split, the Authorized Share Reduction and the amendment to our Incentive Plan. As a result, we are assured a quorum at the Annual Meeting, the election of the director nominees listed herein, the ratification of the appointment of RSM US LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2020, the approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment,issuance of the Company’s Class A common stock pursuant to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan in accordance with the NYSE listing rule requirements (Proposal 1) and the approval of the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment the approval on an advisory basis of the compensation of our named executive officers as described in the Proxy Statement, and the recommendation on an advisory basis of “every year” as the frequency of future advisory votes on the Company’s executive compensation.

(Proposal 2).

If you just sign and submit your proxy card without giving specific voting instructions, your shares will be voted “FOR” each director nominee listed herein,Proposal No. 1 and “FOR” Proposal No. 2, “FOR” Proposal No. 3, “FOR” Proposal No. 4, “FOR” Proposal No. 5, “FOR” Proposal No. 6 and for a frequency of EVERY YEAR for Proposal No. 7, in each case as recommended by the Board of Directors and in accordance with the discretion of the holders of the proxy as to any other matters that may be voted on.


Who will count the vote?


Representatives of Alliance Advisors, LLC will tabulate the votes and act as inspectors of election.


How does the Board recommend that I vote?


The Board recommends that you vote your shares:


“FOR” each of the nominees to the Board set forth in this Proxy Statement;

“FOR” the ratification of the appointment of RSM US LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2020;

“FOR” the approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment;

“FOR” the approval of the Proposed Authorized Share Reduction Amendment.

“FOR” the advisory (non-binding) approval of our executive compensation.

“FOR” the approval of an amendment to our Incentive Plan to increase the number of awards available for issuance thereunder by 10,000,000 to 19,000,000; and

“FOR” the approval, on an advisory (non-binding) basis, of a frequency of EVERY YEAR for future advisory votes on executive compensation.

Additional Solicitation.

If there are not enough votes to approve any proposals at the Annual Meeting, the stockholders who are represented may adjourn the Annual Meeting to permit the further solicitation of proxies. The persons named as proxies will vote those proxies for such adjournment, unless the proxies are marked to be voted against any proposal for which an adjournment is sought, to permit the further solicitation of proxies. In addition, the chairman of the Annual Meeting will have the authority to adjourn the Annual Meeting from time-to-time without notice and without the vote or approval of the stockholders.

Also, a stockholder vote may be taken on one or more of the proposals in this Proxy Statement prior to any such adjournment if there are sufficient votes for approval of such proposal(s).

“FOR” the approval of the issuance of the Company’s Class A common stock pursuant to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan in accordance with the NYSE listing rule requirements; and

“FOR” the approval of the Proposed Authorized Share Increase Amendment.

How do I vote my shares without participating in the AnnualSpecial Meeting?


If you are a stockholder of record, you may vote by granting a proxy. Specifically, you may vote:


By Internet - If you have Internet access, you may submit your proxy by going tohttp://viewproxy.com/mdly/2021/htype.aspand by following the instructions on how to complete an electronic proxy card. You will need the control number included on your proxy card in order to vote by Internet.

By Internet - If you have Internet access, you may submit your proxy by going to www.AALvote.com/MDLY and by following the instructionson how to complete an electronic proxy card. You will need the control number included on your proxy card in order to vote by Internet.
9




By Telephone - If you have access to a touch-tone telephone, you may submit your proxy by dialing 1-(866)-804-9616 and by following therecorded instructions. You will need the control number included on your proxy card in order to vote by telephone.

By Mail - You may vote by mail by completing, signing and dating the card where indicated and by mailing or otherwise returning the card inthe envelope provided to you. You should sign your name exactly as it appears on the proxy card. If you are signing in a representative capacity (for example, as guardian, executor, trustee, custodian, attorney or officer of a corporation), indicate your name and title or capacity.

By Telephone - If you have access to a touch-tone telephone, you may submit your proxy by dialing [ ] and by following the recorded instructions. You will need the control number included on your proxy card in order to vote by telephone.

By Mail - You may vote by mail by completing, signing and dating the card where indicated and by mailing or otherwise returning the card in the envelope provided to you. You should sign your name exactly as it appears on the proxy card. If you are signing in a representative capacity (for example, as guardian, executor, trustee, custodian, attorney or officer of a corporation), indicate your name and title or capacity.

If you hold your shares through a bank, broker or other nominee (i.e., in “street name”), you may submit voting instructions to your broker, bank or other nominee. In most instances, you will be able to do this over the Internet, by telephone or by mail. Please refer to information from your bank, broker or other nominee on how to submit voting instructions.


Internet and telephone voting facilities will close at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on October 21, 2020.


[ ], 2021.

Mailed proxy cards with respect to stockholders of record must be received no later than October 21, 2020.


[ ], 2021.

How can I participate in and vote at the AnnualSpecial Meeting?


We will be hosting the AnnualSpecial Meeting on October 22, 2020,[ ], 2021, at 11:00 a.m.[ ] Eastern Time.


Only stockholders of record at the close of business on September 17, 2020,[ ], 2021, or their duly appointed proxies, are entitled to receive notice of, to participate in, and to vote at the AnnualSpecial Meeting. In order to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting via live webcast, stockholders must register in advance at http:/www.viewproxy.com//viewproxy.com/mdly/2020am2021/htype.asp by 11:59 P.M., Eastern Time on October 21, 2020.[ ], 2021. On the day of the Special Meeting, if you have properly registered, you may enter the Special Meeting by clicking on the link provided and the password you received via email in your registration confirmations. If you are a registered holder, you must register using thewill need your Control Number included on your proxy card.card in order to vote during the Special Meeting. If you hold your shares beneficially through a bank or broker, you must provide proof of stock ownership during registration. If you hold your shares beneficially through a bank or broker and would like to vote at the AnnualSpecial Meeting, you must provide a legal proxy from your bank or broker during registration and you will be assigned a Control Number in order to vote your shares during the AnnualSpecial Meeting. If you are unable to obtain a legal proxy to vote your shares, you will still be able to participate in the AnnualSpecial Meeting live via the Internet (but will not be able to vote your shares) so long as you demonstrate proof of stock ownership. Instructions on how to connect and participate via live webcast, including how to demonstrate proof of stock ownership, are posted at http:/www.viewproxy.com//viewproxy.com/mdly/2020am.


2021/htype.asp.

May I change my vote or revoke my proxy?


Yes. Whether you have voted by Internet, telephone or mail, if you are a stockholder of record, you may change your vote and revoke your proxy by:

sending a written statement to that effect to our Secretary, provided such statement is received no later than [    ], 2021;

10


sending a written statement to that effect to our Secretary, provided such statement is received no later than October 21, 2020;
voting again by Internet or telephone at a later time before the closingTable of those voting facilities at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on October 21, 2020;Contents

submitting a properly signed proxy card with a later date that is received by our Secretary no later than October 21, 2020; or

participating in the Annual Meeting and voting your shares at the Annual Meeting.

voting again by Internet or telephone at a later time before the closing of those voting facilities at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on [    ], 2021;

submitting a properly signed proxy card with a later date that is received by our Secretary no later than [    ], 2021; or

participating in the Special Meeting and voting your shares at the Special Meeting.

If you hold shares in street name, you may submit new voting instructions by contacting your bank, broker or other nominee. You may also change your vote or revoke your proxy at the AnnualSpecial Meeting by obtaining a signed proxy from the record holder (broker, bank or other nominee) giving you the right to vote the shares, participating in the AnnualSpecial Meeting and voting again.


Could other matters be decided at the AnnualSpecial Meeting?


At the date this Proxy Statement went to print, we did not know of any matters to be raised at the AnnualSpecial Meeting other than those referred to in this Proxy Statement.




If other matters are properly presented at the Annual Meeting for consideration and you are a stockholder of record and have submitted a proxy card, the persons named in your proxy card will have the discretion to vote on those matters for you.

Who will pay for the cost of this proxy solicitation?


We will pay the cost of soliciting proxies. We have retained Alliance Advisors LLC to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the AnnualSpecial Meeting for a fee of approximately $19,000,[ ], plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Proxies may be solicited on our behalf by directors, officers or employees (for no additional compensation) in person or by telephone, electronic transmission and facsimile transmission. Brokers and other nominees will be requested to solicit proxies or authorizations from beneficial owners and will be reimbursed for their reasonable expenses.

11




PROPOSAL NO. 1 - ELECTIONOWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors has considered and nominated the following nominees to serve as directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is duly elected and qualified: Brook Taube, Seth Taube, John Hathaway Dyett, Guy T. Rounsaville, Jr. and James G. Eaton. Action will be taken at the Annual Meeting for the election of these nominees.

Unless otherwise instructed, the persons named in the form of proxy card (the “proxyholders”) attached to this Proxy Statement, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), intend to vote the proxies held by them for the election of the director nominees. If any of these nominees ceases to be a candidate for election by the time of the Annual Meeting (a contingency which the Board does not expect to occur), such proxies may be voted by the proxyholders in accordance with the recommendation of the Board.

On August 11, 2020, Jeffrey T. Leeds and Jeffrey Tonkel informed the Board of their resignations as directors of the Company, effective as of that date. Neither Mr. Leeds’ nor Mr. Tonkel’s decision to resign from the Board was due to any disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices.

On August 11, 2020, the Board fixed the size of the Board at five directors and appointed John Dyett to fill the vacancy created by Mr. Leeds’ resignation and to serve as a member of the Board, effective August 11, 2020. Mr. Dyett will also serve as a member and as the chair of the audit committee of the Board. Mr. Dyett previously served as a director and as chair of the audit committee of Sierra Total Return Fund from 2016 to 2020. As a result of Mr. Leeds’ resignation and the resulting vacancy on the Board’s compensation committee, the Board added James G. Eaton to the compensation committee of the Board and designated Mr. Eaton as the chair of the compensation committee.

Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors in 2020

The following information describes the offices held, other business directorships and the term of each director nominee as of the date of this Proxy Statement. Beneficial ownership of equity securities of the director nominees is shown under “Ownership of Securities” below.
Directors
Brook Taube, 50, co-founded Medley in 2006 and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer since then and as Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medley Management Inc. since its formation. He has also served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medley Capital Corporation since 2011, has served on the Board of Directors of Sierra Income Corporation since its inception in 2012 and the Board of Trustees of Sierra Total Return Fund since its inception in 2016 until its deregistration in 2020. Prior to forming Medley, Mr. Taube was a Partner with CN Opportunity Fund, T3 Group, a principal and advisory firm focused on distressed asset and credit investments, and Griphon Capital Management. Mr. Taube began his career at Bankers Trust in leveraged finance in 1992. Mr. Taube received a B.A. from Harvard University.
Seth Taube, 50, co-founded Medley in 2006 and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer since then and as Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medley Management Inc. since its formation. He has also served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sierra Income Corporation since its inception in 2012, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Sierra Total Return Fund since its inception in 2016 until its deregistration in 2020, and on the Board of Directors of Medley Capital Corporation since its inception in 2011. Prior to forming Medley, Mr. Taube was a Partner with CN Opportunity Fund, T3 Group, a principal and advisory firm focused on distressed asset and credit investments, and Griphon Capital Management. Mr. Taube previously worked with Tiger Management and held positions with Morgan Stanley & Co. in the Investment Banking and Institutional Equity Divisions. Mr. Taube received a B.A. from Harvard University, an M. Litt. in Economics from St. Andrew’s University in Great Britain, where he was a Rotary Foundation Fellow, and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
James G. Eaton, 43, has been a member of the Board of Directors since 2017. Mr. Eaton is a partner of JJR Private Capital, was a co-founder of Nuuvera Inc., and also serves on the boards of JC Clark Ltd. and Dream Unlimited Corp. Mr. Eaton is the President of Weatons Holdings, a Canadian private holding company, and has been active in the founding, growth and divestiture stages of the Weatons portfolio companies across a wide variety of industries. Mr. Eaton’s responsibilities at Weatons include overseeing numerous private investments and a portfolio of listed securities. In addition to chairing the Invictus Games Toronto 2017, Mr. Eaton is a founding director of the True Patriot Love Foundation and serves as trustee of the John David and Signy Eaton Foundation. Mr. Eaton holds a B.A. from the University of Colorado at Boulder. In 2012, Mr. Eaton was awarded a Queen Elizabeth II Jubilee Medal honoring significant contributions and achievements by Canadians.


John Hathaway Dyett, 50, has been a member of the Board of Directors since August 2020. Mr. Dyett previously served on the board of Sierra Total Return Fund from 2016 to 2020. Mr. Dyett has also served as the Co-CEO of Salem Partners Wealth Management, LLC since 2004 and the Co-CEO of Salem Partners, LLC, an investment banking firm, since 1997. Mr. Dyett also serves on the Board of Directors of Femasys, Inc. and as an advisor to Akashi Therapeutics. Mr. Dyett was previously a banker with Gerard Klauer Mattison & Co., Inc. and Needham and Co., Inc. Mr. Dyett also serves on the Board of Trustees of Middlesex School in Concord, Massachusetts. Mr. Dyett received a BA from Harvard University.
Guy T. Rounsaville, Jr., 76, has been a member of the Board of Directors since September 2014. Mr. Rounsaville is currently the General Counsel of QueensCare, a California not-for-profit organization that specializes in providing medical care to low income and indigent individuals in the Los Angeles area. He also is currently a member of the board of directors of Colorado National Bank and was previously a director of Tri-Valley Bank, First Banks, Inc. and United American Bank. Mr. Rounsaville served as Director of Diversity of the law firm Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP from 2009 until May 2012 and as co-managing partner of their San Francisco office from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Rounsaville served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of LaSalle Bank from 2006 until it was acquired by Bank of America in October 2007, after which he served, for transition purposes, as Bank of America’s Senior Vice President and Assistant General Counsel until May 2008. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Rounsaville served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Visa International. Prior to that, Mr. Rounsaville served in several roles at Wells Fargo from 1969 through 1998, including General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Mr. Rounsaville has served on numerous civic and professional committees and boards. He received a B.A. from Stanford University and a J.D. from Hastings College of the Law.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” THE ELECTION OF EACH OF THE DIRECTOR NOMINEES NAMED ABOVE.
The Board of Directors and Certain Governance Matters

The Board manages or directs our business and affairs, as provided by Delaware law, and conducts its business through meetings of the Board and three standing committees: the Audit Committee; the Compensation Committee; and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Prior to our initial public offering in September 2014 (the “IPO”), our pre-IPO owners beneficially owned 100% of our Company. In connection with the IPO, these pre-IPO owners became members of Medley Group LLC, which holds shares of our Class B common stock entitling it to 97.6% of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of directors. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards and utilize the exemptions from certain corporate governance standards, including the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors and the requirement that we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee that is each composed entirely of independent directors. However, since the IPO, we have had a fully independent Audit Committee and independent director representation on each of our Compensation Committee and our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, and each such committee is chaired by an independent director.

Director Independence and Independence Determinations

Under our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the NYSE rules, a director is not independent unless the Board affirmatively determines that he or she does not have a direct or indirect material relationship with us or any of our subsidiaries. In addition, the director must meet the bright-line tests for independence set forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

Our Corporate Governance Guidelines define independence in accordance with the independence definition in the current NYSE corporate governance rules for listed companies. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines require the Board to review the independence of all directors at least annually.

In the event a director has a relationship with the Company that is relevant to his or her independence and is not addressed by the objective tests set forth in the NYSE independence definition, the Board will determine, considering all relevant facts and circumstances, whether such relationship is material.

The Board has affirmatively determined that each of Mr. Eaton, Mr. Dyett and Mr. Rounsaville is independent under the guidelines for director independence set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines and under all applicable NYSE guidelines, including with respect to committee membership. The Board also has determined that each of Mr. Eaton, Mr. Dyett and Mr. Rounsaville is “independent” for purposes of Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).


Board Structure
The Board does not have a policy on whether or not the roles of the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman should be separate. The Board evaluates relevant factors and determines the best leadership structure for the Company’s operating and governance environment at the time. The Board believes that having combined Co-Chairmen and Co-Chief Executive Officers is the appropriate leadership structure for the Company at this time. As the Co-Chairmen and Co-Chief Executive Officers, Mr. Brook Taube and Mr. Seth Taube are able to draw on their knowledge and expertise related to the Company’s daily operations, industry and competitive developments to set the agenda for the Board and ensure the appropriate focus on issues of concern to the Company. Furthermore, the Board believes that combining these roles enables decisive leadership, ensures clear accountability and facilitates information flow between management and the Board, all of which are essential to effective governance. The Board has not formally designated a lead independent director.

Controlled Company Status
Medley Group LLC, an entity owned by our pre-IPO owners, holds more than a majority of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE’s corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company entitled to vote for the election of directors is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that the board of directors have a compensation committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) that the board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. We are utilizing these exemptions. As a result, the majority of our directors on the Board are not independent and our Compensation Committee and our Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are not comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.
Family Relationships of Directors and Executive Officers
Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube, each a Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors, are brothers. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Board Committees and Meetings
The following table summarizes the current membership of each of the Board’s committees.
Audit Committee
Compensation
Committee
Corporate Governance
and Nominating
Committee
Brook TaubeXX
Seth TaubeXX
John H. DyettChair
Guy T. Rounsaville, Jr.XChair
James G. EatonXChair
All directors are expected to make every effort to attend all meetings of the Board, meetings of the committees of which they are members and the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Board held five meetings and the Audit Committee held four meetings. The Compensation Committee and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee did not hold any meetings in 2019. In 2019, each of our directors attended at least 80% of the meetings of the Board and committees that occurred during the time in which he served as a member of the Board or such committee. Each of our directors is strongly encouraged, but is not required, to attend our annual meeting of stockholders. All of our directors attended our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders.


Committee Charters and Corporate Governance Guidelines
Our commitment to good corporate governance is reflected in our Corporate Governance Guidelines, which describe the Board’s views on a wide range of governance topics. These Corporate Governance Guidelines are reviewed from time to time by the Board and, to the extent deemed appropriate in light of emerging practices, revised accordingly, upon recommendation to and approval by the Board.
Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Audit, Compensation and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee charters and other corporate governance information are available on the Corporate Governance page of the Investor Relations section on our website at www.mdly.com. Any stockholder also may request them in print, without charge, by contacting the General Counsel and Secretary, Medley Management Inc., 280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East, New York, New York 10017.
Committee Membership
Audit Committee -All members of the Audit Committee have been determined to be “independent,” consistent with our Audit Committee Charter, Corporate Governance Guidelines and the NYSE listing standards applicable to boards of directors in general and audit committees in particular. Our Board also has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee is “financially literate” within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, our Board has determined that John Hathaway Dyett qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC regulations.
The duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are set forth in its charter, which may be found at www.mdly.com under Investor Relations: Corporate Governance: Committee Charters: Audit, and include among duties and responsibilities:
selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;
assisting the Board of Directors in evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;
assisting the Board of Directors in monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting and financial reporting;
assisting the Board of Directors in monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting processes;
assisting the Board of Directors in monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;
monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;
reviewing with management and our independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements; and
reviewing and evaluating complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
With respect to our reporting and disclosure matters, the responsibilities and duties of the Audit Committee include reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited financial statements prior to inclusion in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our quarterly financial statements and other public filings in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Audit Committee Charter.
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee plays a key role in the oversight of our risk management policies and procedures. See “Board of Directors' Role in Risk Oversight” below.
Compensation Committee - Mr. Eaton has been determined to be “independent” as defined by our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the NYSE listing standards applicable to boards of directors generally and compensation committees specifically. The other members of the Compensation Committee, Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube have not been determined by our Board of Directors to be independent.
The duties and responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are set forth in its charter, which may be found at www.mdly.com under Investor Relations: Corporate Governance: Committee Charters: Compensation, and include, among other duties and responsibilities:
reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Co-Chief Executive Officers, evaluating our Co-Chief Executive Officers’ performance in light of those goals and objectives, and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the Board of Directors), determining and approving our Co-Chief Executive Officers’ compensation level based on such evaluation;
reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the Board with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers, including annual base salary, bonus and equity-based incentives and other benefits;
reviewing and recommending the compensation of our directors; and
reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.


With respect to our reporting and disclosure matters, the responsibilities and duties of the Compensation Committee include overseeing the preparation of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, to the extent applicable, for inclusion in our Annual Proxy Statement and Annual Report on Form 10-K in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. The charter of the Compensation Committee permits the committee to delegate any or all of its authority to one or more subcommittees and to delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to make awards to employees other than any Section 16 officer under our incentive compensation or other equity-based plan, subject to compliance with the plan and the laws of our state of incorporation.
The Compensation Committee has the authority under its charter to retain outside consultants or advisors as it deems necessary or advisable.
Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee - Mr. Rounsaville is a member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee who has been determined to be “independent” as defined by our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the NYSE listing standards. The other members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube, have not been determined by our Board of Directors to be independent.
The duties and responsibilities of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are set forth in its charter, which may be found at www.mdly.com under Investor Relations: Corporate Governance: Committee Charters: Corporate Governance and Nominating, and include, among other duties and responsibilities:
assisting our Board of Directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the Board of Directors;
overseeing the evaluation of the Board of Directors and management;
reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and making recommendations to the Board with respect to the Company’s corporate governance guidelines; and
recommending members for each committee of our Board of Directors.
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, requires our executive officers and directors (and persons who own more than 10% of our equity securities) to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Based solely on our review of forms filed electronically with the SEC and written representations from reporting persons, the Company has determined that no reporting person known to it was delinquent with respect to their reporting obligations during fiscal 2019, except for (i) the Form 4 filed on April 22, 2019 on behalf of Jacobs Asset Management, LLC, (ii) the Form 4 filed on June 6, 2019 by the Company on behalf of Guy Rounsaville, Jr., (iii) the Form 4 filed on June 6, 2019 by the Company on behalf of James G. Eaton and (iv) the Form 4 filed on June 6, 2019 by the Company on behalf of Jeffrey T. Leeds.
Board of Directors' Role in Risk Oversight
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for risk oversight, including, as part of regular Board and committee meetings, general oversight of executives’ management of risks relevant to the Company. A fundamental part of risk oversight is not only understanding the material risks a company faces and the steps management is taking to manage those risks, but also understanding what level of risk is appropriate for the Company. Each quarter, the Board of Directors receives presentations from senior management on matters involving the Company’s operations and considers the risks related to strategies and business plans.
In addition, our Board committees consider the risks within their respective areas of responsibility. The Audit Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to risk management in the areas of financial reporting, internal controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and, in accordance with NYSE requirements, discusses with management policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. The Compensation Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks arising from the Company's compensation policies and programs and reviews and discusses with management the Company's compensation policies and practices and management's assessment of whether any risks arising from such policies and practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with Board and Board committee organization, membership and structure, succession planning and corporate governance matters.
Our Board of Directors believes that this role in risk oversight is appropriate. We believe that we have robust internal processes in place and a strong internal control environment to identify and manage risks. However, not all risks that may affect us can be identified or eliminated and some risks are beyond the control of us and our service providers.
We recognize that different board roles in risk oversight are appropriate for companies in different situations. We re-examine the manners in which the Board of Directors administers its oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to meet the Company’s needs.



Executive Sessions
Executive sessions, which are meetings of the non-management members of the Board, are regularly scheduled throughout the year. In addition, at least once a year, the independent directors meet in a private session that excludes management and non-independent directors. At each of these meetings, the independent directors in attendance will determine which director will preside at such session.
Code of Conduct and Ethics
We maintain a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our Co-Chairmen and Co-Chief Executive Officers, Chief Financial Officer and other senior financial officers. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics sets forth our policies and expectations on a number of topics, including conflicts of interest, compliance with laws, use of our assets and business conduct and fair dealing. This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics also satisfies the requirements for a code of ethics, as defined by Item 406 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. We will disclose within four business days any substantive changes in or waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics granted to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, by posting such information on our website as set forth above rather than by filing a Form 8-K. In the case of a waiver for an executive officer or a director, the required disclosure also will be made available on our website within four business days of the date of such waiver.
The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics may be found on our website at www.mdly.com under Investor Relations: Corporate Governance: Governance Documents: Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
Director Nomination Process
The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee weighs the characteristics, experience, independence and skills of potential candidates for election to the Board and recommends nominees for director to the Board for election. In considering candidates for the Board, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee also assesses the size, composition and combined expertise of the Board. As the application of these factors involves the exercise of judgment, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee does not have a standard set of fixed qualifications that is applicable to all director candidates, although the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee does at a minimum assess each candidate’s strength of character, judgment, industry knowledge or experience, his or her ability to work collegially with the other members of the Board and his or her ability to satisfy any applicable legal requirements or listing standards. In addition, although the Board considers diversity of viewpoints, background and experiences, the Board does not have a formal diversity policy. In identifying prospective director candidates, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee may seek referrals from other members of the Board, management, stockholders and other sources, including third party recommendations. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee also may, but need not, retain a search firm in order to assist it in identifying candidates to serve as directors of the Company. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee utilizes the same criteria for evaluating candidates regardless of the source of the referral. When considering director candidates, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee seeks individuals with backgrounds and qualities that, when combined with those of our incumbent directors, provide a blend of skills and experience to further enhance the Board’s effectiveness.
In connection with its annual recommendation of a slate of nominees, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee also may assess the contributions of those directors recommended for re-election in the context of the Board evaluation process and other perceived needs of the Board.
When considering whether the directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board focused primarily on the information discussed in each of the Board member’s biographical information set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of our Board of Directors considered the following important characteristics:
Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube - we considered that these two individuals have played an integral role in our firm’s successful growth, and that each has developed a unique and in-depth understanding of our business. We also noted that these two individuals are our largest equity owners and, as a consequence of such alignment of interest with our other equity owners, each has additional motivation to diligently fulfill his oversight responsibilities as a member of our Board of Directors.
Mr. John Hathaway Dyett - we considered his extensive experience in asset management and finance, along with his prior experience as a director and as chair of the audit committee of Sierra Total Return Fund from 2016 to 2020
Mr. Guy T. Rounsaville, Jr. - we considered his background in law, banking and lending, including his extensive experience serving in general counsel, corporate secretary and board member roles at several financial institutions.
Mr. James G. Eaton - we considered his background in finance and financial services, owing to his extensive experience as president of a private holding company and investment advisor and board member roles.



This process resulted in the Board’s nomination of the incumbent directors named in this Proxy Statement and proposed for election by you at the upcoming Annual Meeting. The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider director candidates recommended by stockholders. Any recommendation submitted to the Secretary of the Company should be in writing and should include any supporting material the stockholder considers appropriate in support of that recommendation, but must include information that would be required under the rules of the SEC to be included in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such candidate and a written consent of the candidate to serve as one of our directors if elected. Stockholders wishing to propose a candidate for consideration may do so by submitting the above information to the attention of the General Counsel and Secretary, Medley Management Inc., 280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East, New York, New York 10017. All recommendations for nomination received by the General Counsel and Secretary that satisfy our by-law requirements relating to such director nominations will be presented to the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee for its consideration. Stockholders also must satisfy the notification, timeliness, consent and information requirements set forth in our by-laws. These requirements are also described under the caption “Stockholder Proposals for the 2021 Annual Meeting.” During fiscal 2019, we made no material changes to the procedures by which the stockholders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors.
Communications with the Board
As described in the Corporate Governance Guidelines, stockholders and other interested parties who wish to communicate with a member or members of the Board, including the chairperson of the Audit, Compensation or Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees or to the non-management or independent directors as a group, may do so by addressing such communications or concerns to the General Counsel of the Company, at Medley Management Inc., 280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East, New York, New York 10017, who will forward such communication to the appropriate party.
Executive Officers of the Company
Set forth below is certain information regarding each of our current executive officers as of September 22, 2020:

Brook Taube. See "Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors in 2020," above.

Seth Taube. See "Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors in 2020," above.
Richard T. Allorto, Jr., 48, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2010. Mr. Allorto has also served as the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Medley Capital Corporation and Sierra Income Corporation. Prior to joining Medley, Mr. Allorto held various positions at GSC Group, Inc., a registered investment adviser, including, Chief Financial Officer of GSC Investment Corp, a business development company that was externally managed by GSC Group. Mr. Allorto began his career at Arthur Andersen in public accounting in 1994. Mr. Allorto is a licensed CPA and received a B.S. in Accounting from Seton Hall University.
Report of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a charter, which is reviewed annually by the Audit Committee. Additionally, a brief description of the primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee is included in this Proxy Statement under “The Board of Directors and Certain Governance Matters - Committee Membership - Audit Committee.” Our management is responsible for the preparation, presentation and integrity of our financial statements, the application of accounting and financial reporting principles and our internal controls and procedures designed to assure compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations. The independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for auditing the financial statements and expressing an opinion as to their conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
In the performance of its oversight function, the Audit Committee reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements and internal control over financial reporting of the Company with management and with the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be discussed by Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 1301 “Communications with Audit Committee.” In addition, the Audit Committee received the written disclosures and the letters from the independent registered public accounting firm required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent registered public accounting firm’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm their independence.
Based upon the review and discussions described in the preceding paragraph, our Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the audited financial statements of the Company be included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on March 30, 2020.
Submitted by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors:
John Hathaway Dyett, Chair(1)


James G. Eaton
Guy T. Rounsaville, Jr.

(1) Mr. Dyett was appointed to (and designated as Chair of) the Audit Committee simultaneously with his appointment to the Company's Board of Directors on August 11, 2020. Jeffrey T. Leeds, previously a member and Chair of the Audit Committee, resigned from the Company's Board of Directors on August 11, 2020.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table
The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each of our named executive officers for the fiscal years indicated.
Name Year 
Salary ($)(1)
 Bonus ($) 
Stock Awards ($)(2)
 Option Awards ($) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) 
All Other Compensation ($) (3)
 Total ($)
Brook Taube 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 $54,319
 $54,319
Co-Chief Executive Officer 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 $49,661
 $49,661
Seth Taube 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 $54,828
 $54,828
Co-Chief Executive Officer 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 $52,719
 $52,719
Richard T. Allorto, Jr. 2019 $300,000
 
 $849,999
 
 
 
 $55,052
 $1,205,051
Chief Financial Officer 2018 $300,000
 
 $1,065,170
 
 
 
 $50,044
 $1,415,214
John D. Fredericks4
 2019 $300,000
 
 $849,999
 
 
 
 $59,530
 $1,209,529
General Counsel and Secretary 2018 $300,000
 $668,169
 $810,111
 
 
 
 $54,022
 $1,832,302
(1)Amounts reported under Salary include guaranteed cash distributions made on membership interests in Medley LLC owned directly or indirectly by our named executive officers. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, neither of Messrs. Brook Taube or Seth Taube received any guaranteed payments. In addition, we pay to each of Mr. Allorto and Mr. Fredericks a $25,000 monthly cash payment, included under Salary in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2)Amounts reported under Stock Awards for the year 2019 consist of restricted LLC Units granted in June 2019 for services rendered in 2018. Amounts reported under Stock Awards for the year 2018 consist of restricted LLC Units granted in March and May 2018 for services rendered in 2017. The restricted LLC Units are included at their grant date fair market value which was computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
(3)Amounts reported under All Other Compensation include Company-paid executive health insurance, Company non-elective retirement plan contributions, Company-paid life insurance premiums, Company-paid commuting expenses and Company-reimbursed professional dues.
(4)On August 11, 2020, Mr. Fredericks resigned as the Company's General Counsel and Secretary.


Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year End
The following table includes information concerning stock awards that have not vested for each of our named executive officer as of December 31, 2019.
 Option awards 
Stock awards (1)
NameNumber of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable Equity incentive plan awards: number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options (#) Option exercise price ($) Option exercise date Number of shares or units of stock that have not vested (#) Market value of shares or units of stock that have not vested ($) Equity incentive plan awards: number of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested (#) Equity incentive plan awards: market payout value of unearned shares, units or other rights that have not vested ($)
Brook Taube
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
Seth Taube
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
Jeffrey Tonkel
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
Richard T. Allorto, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 505,311
 $1,495,721
 
 
John D. Fredericks
 
 
 
 
 465,644
 $1,378,306
 
 
(1)Stock awards consist of restricted LLC Units of 447,956 granted on June 4, 2019, 216,333 granted on May 11, 2018, 140,000 granted on March 28, 2018, 100,000 granted on February 22, 2017 and 66,666 granted on March 17, 2016. Of the 216,333 awards granted on May 11, 2018, 158,000 will vest only upon (i) the participant’s termination without cause in connection with a change in control or (ii) provided the participant has not undergone a termination from service prior thereto, upon (a) the occurrence of a change in control or (b) death or disability of the participant. The grant of awards on June 4, 2019 vest equally in three installments on December 31, 2019, 2020 and 2021. The remainder of the awards vest in three equal annual installments on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. The vesting of these awards is subject to the executive’s continued employment on the applicable vesting date. The market value of the RSUs and restricted LLC Units was computed using Medley’s closing price of $2.96 per share as of December 31, 2019.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
Our named executive officers are generally compensated through a combination of annual guaranteed payments and annual discretionary bonuses in the form of cash, equity-based awards and/or profit interests in our advisor entities.
 Guaranteed Payments
Each of our named executive officers owns, directly or indirectly, membership interests in Medley LLC. The payments to our Co-Chief Executive Officers, Mr. Brook Taube and Mr. Seth Taube, are performance based and are periodically set subject to maximums based on our total assets under management. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, neither of our Co-Chief Executive Officers received any guaranteed payments. In addition, we pay to Mr. Allorto (and to Mr. Fredericks through the date of his August 11, 2020 resignation) a $25,000 monthly cash payment, included under Salary in the Summary Compensation Table. Mr. Fredericks presently receives a $25,000 monthly retainer pursuant to the Engagement Agreement between Mr. Fredericks and the Company. For information regarding compensatory arrangements between the Company and Mr. Fredericks in connection with and following the termination of his employment, see “John Fredericks Separation and Engagement Agreements,” below. As a condition to receiving membership interests in Medley LLC, each executive was required to become a party to the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC. The limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC, the unit award agreements evidencing such membership interests and the agreement described above relating to guaranteed payments, generally govern the rights and obligations of the executives.
Annual Discretionary Bonus
In February 2020, the Board of Directors approved an award of 92,230 restricted LLC Units to be granted to each of Mr. Allorto and Mr. Fredericks as an annual discretionary bonus for services rendered in 2019. The restricted LLC Units vest over a three year period with one-third vesting on January 18, 2021, one-third vesting on January 18, 2022 and one-third vesting on January 18, 2023, subject to the executive’s continued employment on the applicable vesting date. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement entered into between Medley LLC and Mr. Fredericks, the vesting schedule of Mr. Fredericks’ 92,230 restricted LLC unit grant was extended to February 28, 2022 (with the vesting of such restricted LLC units conditioned upon Mr. Fredericks’ continuing to provide the services pursuant to the engagement agreement between himself and the Company). See “John Fredericks Separation and Engagement Agreements,” below.



On November 12, 2018 (the “Award Date”), the Board approved the Medley Tactical Opportunities Carried Interest Allocation Plan (the “CI Plan”), pursuant to which certain key employees (each, an “Awardee”) involved in and instrumental to the success of the Company’s Tactical Opportunities (“Tac Ops”) transactions, have been awarded certain carried interest percentage awards (each, a “Carried Interest Percentage”) entitling the Awardee to a specified allocation of the carried interest earned on third party capital in connection with each of the four respective Tac Ops funds (each, a “Tac Ops Fund”).

In connection with the adoption of the CI Plan and the issuance of the awards thereunder, effective as of the Award Date, each Awardee entered into an award letter with respect to each of the Tac Ops Funds as to which such Awardee received an award (each, an “Award Letter”), specifying such Awardee’s Carried Interest Percentage as to such Tac Ops Fund. Pursuant to the Award Letters, each Awardee is admitted as a non-managing member of the Delaware limited liability company associated with the corresponding Tac Ops Fund (each, a “Plan LLC”) to the extent of such Awardee’s Carried Interest Percentage. The Carried Interest Percentage awards are governed by the terms and subject to the conditions of the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the respective Plan LLC (each, a “Plan LLC Agreement”). Medley Capital LLC is the managing member (the “Managing Member”) of each of the four Plan LLCs. The CI Plan allocates to the Awardees an aggregate of 70% of the carried interest, performance allocation and incentive fees earned directly or indirectly in respect of each of the four Tac Ops Funds (“Carried Interest Proceeds”). The following table sets forth, for each of the Company’s named executive officers, the Carried Interest Percentage awarded to such person in connection with the CI Plan with respect to each Tac Ops Fund (expressed as a percentage of the total carried interest received by each respective Plan LLC):
  Carried Interest Percentages Awarded during 2018
Named Executive Officer Medley Real D (Annuity) LLC Medley Tactical Opportunities LLC Medley Chiller Holdings LLC Caddo Investors Holdings 1 LLC
Brook Taube 3.9% 3.1% 3.7% 3.3%
Seth Taube 3.9% 3.1% 3.7% 3.3%
Richard T. Allorto, Jr. 5.9% 4.6% 5.6% 4.9%
John D. Fredericks 5.9% 4.6% 5.6% 4.9%
In addition, Christopher Taube (the Company’s Senior Managing Director, Head of Institutional Fund Raising, and who is the brother of Mr. Brook Taube and Mr. Seth Taube, the Company’s Co-Chief Executive Officers and Co-Chairmen of the Board) was awarded the following Carried Interest Percentages under the CI Plan: Medley Real D (Annuity) LLC (9.8%), Medley Tactical Opportunities LLC (7.7%), Medley Chiller Holdings LLC (9.3%) and Caddo Investors Holdings 1 LLC (8.2%). Company employees other than the named executive officers and Mr. Christopher Taube, as referred to above, have been granted awards under the CI Plan consisting of the following Carried Interest Percentages in the aggregate for all such other employees: Medley Real D (Annuity) LLC (36.6%), Medley Tactical Opportunities LLC (44.0%), Medley Chiller Holdings LLC (38.5%) and Caddo Investors Holdings 1 LLC (42.2%).

In accordance with the Plan LLC Agreements, the Carried Interest Percentages are issued in consideration of services to be rendered, and is intended to constitute a “profits interest” as that term is used in the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43. Distributions of Carried Interest Proceeds are to be made ratably to each Awardee based on each Awardee’s respective Carried Interest Percentages at such times as the Managing Member determines in its discretion; provided that the Managing Member shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Plan LLCs to distribute Carried Interest Proceeds to the Awardees reasonably promptly upon receipt, and no less frequently than quarterly, and to distribute to the Awardees certain amounts in respect of minimum tax distributions. Distributions to Awardees are to be made in cash to the extent the relevant proceeds are received by the Plan LLC in cash, with in-kind distributions also permitted in certain circumstances as provided in the Plan LLC Agreements. In the event of any obligation on the part of any Plan LLC or the Managing Member, pursuant to the
agreement governing the underlying Tac Ops Fund, to make a payment to the Tac Ops Fund or its investors in respect of a clawback of the related Carried Interest Proceeds, the Managing Member may demand that the Awardees render payment back to the Plan LLC of their respective pro rata shares of the clawback obligation.

In accordance with SEC rules, the Carried Interest Percentages have not been included in the Summary Compensation Table above because the performance criteria has not been met.


In June 2019, each of Messrs. Allorto and Fredericks was awarded an annual discretionary bonus for services rendered in 2018, which consisted of 335,968 restricted LLC Units granted under the Incentive Plan. The restricted LLC Units vest in three equal installments on December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021, subject to the executive’s continued employment on the applicable vesting date; provided, that Mr. Allorto’s restricted LLC Units shall fully vest upon earlier termination of service with the Company other than due to a termination for cause or due to Mr. Allorto’s resignation. The grant date fair market value of the restricted LLC Units is included in the Summary Compensation Table above. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement entered into between Medley LLC and Mr. Fredericks, the vesting schedule of the remaining unvested portion of Mr. Fredericks’ 335,968 restricted LLC unit grant was extended to February 28, 2022 (with the vesting of such restricted LLC units conditioned upon Mr. Fredericks’ continuing to provide the services pursuant to the engagement agreement between himself and the Company). See “John Fredericks Separation and Engagement Agreements,” below.
Restrictive Covenants
Under the terms of their respective confidentiality, non-interference and invention assignment agreements, each of the named executive officers is subject to covenants restricting his (i) use and disclosure of confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter, (ii) ability to engage in any business activities that directly or indirectly competes with us while employed and for six months thereafter and (iii) solicitation of our employees and consultants while employed and for twelve months thereafter and solicitation of our customers and clients while employed and for six months thereafter.
Retirement Plan
We maintain a qualified contributory retirement plan that is intended to qualify as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The plan covers all employees, including our named executive officers, who may contribute up to 96% of their eligible compensation, subject to statutory limits imposed by the Code. We are also permitted to provide for, but we currently do not provide any, matching contributions. In addition, the Company makes a nonelective contribution under the 401(k) plan equal to 3% of each employee’s eligible earnings, subject to statutory limits imposed by the Code.
Compensation of Directors
Our employees who serve as directors receive no separate compensation for their service on the Board or on committees thereof.
For 2019, each of our non-employee directors was entitled to receive annual compensation consisting of:
an annual cash retainer in the amount of $35,000, payable in quarterly installments;
restricted stock units (“RSUs”) having a fair market value on the date of grant of $35,000; provided, however, that each non-employee director has the option to elect to receive 100% of his annual compensation in RSUs, having a fair market value on the date of grant of $70,000 and subject to vesting terms as set forth in the applicable award agreement; and
as to the chairperson of the Audit Committee, an additional annual RSU award having a fair market value on the date of grant of $15,000.
Each of our directors is entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at Board or committee meetings, although they will not be paid additional fees for attending meetings or for serving on Board committees.
In June 2019, the Board approved annual awards for the continuing nonemployee directors for the period from May 29, 2019 through May 29, 2020, of which 100% vested on May 29, 2020.


Director Compensation in 2019
The table below sets forth information regarding non-employee director compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.
Name 
Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash ($)(1)
 
Stock
Awards ($)(2)
 
All Other Compensation ($)(3)
 Total ($) 
Total Number of Outstanding Unvested Equity Awards (#)(3)
Jeffrey T. Leeds(5)
 
 $85,000
 $180,000
 $265,000
 30,465
Guy Rounsaville, Jr. $35,000
 $35,000
 $120,000
 $190,000
 12,544
James G. Eaton 
 $70,000
 $120,000
 $190,000
 25,089
(1)
Represents the annual cash retainer earned for services rendered in 2019.
(2)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the RSU awards computed in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718.
(3)
Represents fees for serving on the Medley Special Committee which was established in connection with the Company’s merger with Sierra Income Corporation that was terminated May 3, 2020.
(4)
Represents the aggregate number of unvested RSUs held by each non-employee director as of the fiscal year end.
(5)Mr. Leeds resigned from the Board effective August 11, 2020.

Narrative to Director Compensation Table
Eligible non-employee directors are awarded equity under the Company’s Incentive Plan. The directors’ RSUs granted in 2019 will vest in full on May 29, 2020, subject to the director’s continued service on the Board on the applicable vesting date. If the director ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason, all of his then unvested RSUs will be forfeited, and upon a change in control (as defined in the Incentive Plan), all of the director’s unvested RSUs will fully vest.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During the 2019 fiscal year, the members of our Compensation Committee were Mr. Leeds, Mr. Brook Taube (our Co-Chief Executive Officer) and Mr. Seth Taube (our Co-Chief Executive Officer). None of our executive officers serves as a member of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.
Ownership of Securities
SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock and of LLC Units as of June 30, 2020the Record Date by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of Medley Management Inc., (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.



  
Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1)
 
LLC Units Beneficially
Owned(1)(2)
 
Class B Common Stock Beneficially Owned(2)
 
Combined Voting
      Power(2)(3)
Name of Beneficial Owner Number % Number % Number %
Medley Group LLC (2)
280 Park Avenue
6 Floor East
New York, NY 10152
 
 % 
 % 100
 97.7%
American Financial Group Inc.(4)
Great American Insurance Tower
301 East Fourth Street
Cincinnati, OH 45202
 579,100
 9.1% 
 % 
 *
Springhouse Capital (Master), L.P.(5)
18 Burr Farms Road,
Westport, CT 06880
 409,311
 6.4% 
 % 
 *
Named Executive Officers and Directors            
Brook Taube(2)(6)
 
 % 10,000,000
 37.8% 100
 97.7%
Seth Taube(2)(7)
 264,681
 4.2% 10,000,000
 37.8% 100
 97.7%
Richard T. Allorto, Jr. 
 % 1,253,259
 4.7% 
 
John D. Fredericks(8)
 
 % 910,561
 3.4% 
 
James G. Eaton 57,356
 *
 
 
 
 
Guy Rounsaville, Jr. 38,125
 *
 
 
 
 
John Dyett 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons)(2)
 360,162
 5.7% 26,444,555
 90.7% 100
 97.7%

ClassA CommonStock Beneficially Owned(1)

LLCUnits Beneficially

Owned(1)(2)

ClassB Common Stock Beneficially Owned(2)

Combined Voting

Power(2)(3)

Name of Beneficial Owner

Number

%

Number

%

Number

%

Medley Group LLC (2)

280 Park Avenue

6 Floor East

New York, NY 10152

%

%

[     ][     ]

%

American Financial Group Inc.(4)

Great American Insurance Tower

301 East Fourth Street

Cincinnati, OH 45202

[     ]

[     ]

%

%

[     ]

%

Angelic Diaz Taube

c/o Putterman + Yu LLP 345 California St., Suite 1160, San Francisco, CA 94104

[     ][     ]%

%

[     ]

%

Named Executive Officers and Directors

Brook Taube(2)(6)

[     ][     ]

%

[     ][     ]

%

[     ][     ]

%

Seth Taube(2)(7)

[     ][     ]

%

[     ]

[     ]

%

[     ][     ]

%

Richard T. Allorto, Jr.(8)

[     ][     ]

%

[     ][     ]

%

Peter Kravitz

%

Guy Rounsaville, Jr.

[     ][     ]

%

John Dyett

Directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)(2)

[     ][     ]

%

[     ][     ]

%

[     ][     ]

%

* Represents less than 1%.

(1)

(1)

Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the LLC Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions - Exchange Agreement.” Beneficial ownership of LLC Units reflected in this table does not include beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which such LLC Units may be exchanged. Percentage of Class A common stock beneficially owned as reflected in this table is based on 6,370,844[    ] shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020.the Record Date. Percentage of LLC Units beneficially owned as reflected in this table treats LLC Units held by the Company as outstanding.

(2)

(2)

Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the number of LLC Units held by such holder, regardless of the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder. Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, holds all 10010 issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, and the Class B common stock provides Medley Group LLC with a number of votes that is equal to 10 times the aggregate number of LLC Units held by all non-managing members of Medley LLC. As of June 30, 2020,the Record Date, the non-managing members of Medley LLC held 26,444,555[    ] LLC Units entitling Medley Group LLC to 264,445,553[    ] votes.

Messrs. Brook and Seth Taube may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of Class B common stock held by Medley Group LLC.
Seth Taube may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of Class B common stock held by Medley Group LLC.

(3)

(3)

Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together as a single class, based upon an aggregate of 6,370,844[    ] shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020,the Record Date, which carry a total of 6,370,844[    ] votes, and 10010 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2020,the Record Date, which carry a total of 264,445,553[    ] votes.

(4)

(4)

According to the Schedule 13G filed on January 31, 2020[    ] by American Financial Group, Inc. (“American Financial”), American Financial has sole voting and sole dispositive power over 579,100[ ] shares of our Class A common stock.

(5)

(5)

According to the Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2020[    ] by Springhouse Capital (Master), L.P. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Springhouse”), SpringhouseAngelic Diaz Taube, Angelic Diaz Taube has sharedsole voting and sharedsole dispositive power over 409,311[    ] shares of our Class A common stock.

(6)

(6)

Includes 1,818,182[    ] LLC Units owned by B. Taube 2014 Associates, LLC and 8,181,818[ ] LLC Units owned by the Brook Taube Trust. The Class A common stock are held directly by Sandy Point LLC. Brook Taube owns 98% of Sandy Point and is the Managing Member.

(7)

(7)

Includes 264,681[    ] shares of Class A common stock held by The Seth and Angie Foundation, 909,091[ ] LLC Units owned by A. Taube 2014 Associates, LLC, 909,091[    ] LLC Units owned by S. Taube 2014 Associates and 8,181,818[ ] LLC Units owned by The Seth and Angie Taube Trust.

(8)On August 11, 2020,

(8)

Includes [    ] shares of Class A common stock held directly by Mr. Fredericks resigned asAllorto and [    ] shares of Class A common stock held by New Castle Capital LLC. Mr. Allorto owns 99% of New Castle Capital LLC and is the Company's General Counsel and Secretary.Managing Member.


13




Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2019,2020, certain information related to Medley Management Inc.'s compensation plans under which our Class A common stock may be issued.

 Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding restricted stock units and restricted LLC Units 
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights(2)
 
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation
plans
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)
4,109,594
 
 3,322,751
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
 


  

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding restricted stock units and restricted LLC Units

  

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights(2)

  

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation

plans

 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)

  442,369      1,228,551 

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

         

(1)

(1)

Relates to Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.Plan, as amended.

(2)

(2)

The weighted average exercise price does not take into account outstanding restricted stock units or restricted LLC units, which have no exercise price.


14

Certain RelationshipsBACKGROUND OF THE MEDLEY LLC CHAPTER 11 PLAN

Below is a summary of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan. This summary of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan is qualified entirely by reference to the complete text of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan and Related Transactions,the proposed Disclosure Statement related thereto (the “Disclosure Statement”) as set forth in Annex A and Director Independence

Transactions with Related Persons
Exchange Agreement
Annex B, respectively.

Voluntary Chapter 11 Petition Filed by Medley LLC

On March 7, 2021, Medley LLC commenced a voluntary case (the “Chapter 11 Case”) under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Chapter 11 Case is captioned In September 2014, we entered into an exchange agreementre: Medley LLC, Case No.21-10526 (KBO).

Medley LLC will continue to operate its business as a “debtor-in-possession” under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the holdersapplicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the orders of the Bankruptcy Court.

The Medley investment platform is comprised of a number of investment advisers and other related entities. Business operations across the Medley platform, including providing investment and advisory services to its clients, are continuing without interruption, despite the filing of the Chapter 11 Case.

Proposed Plan of Reorganization of Medley LLC

In connection with the Chapter 11 Case, Medley LLC Unitsfiled with the Bankruptcy Court the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan and the related proposed Disclosure Statement. Medley LLC intends to seek the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Disclosure Statement and confirmation of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan on future dates to be determined by the Bankruptcy Court. There can be no assurances that Medley LLC will obtain the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Disclosure Statement and/or confirmation of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, or that if the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan is approved, that the reorganization of Medley LLC will be successfully implemented as contemplated by the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan. This Proxy Statement is not a solicitation of votes to accept or reject the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan or an offer to sell or exchange securities of Medley LLC or the Company. Any solicitation of votes, or offer to sell or exchange or solicitation of an offer to buy or exchange any securities of Medley LLC or the Company, will be made only pursuant to, which each holderand in accordance with, the Disclosure Statement following approval by the Bankruptcy Court. Instead, this Proxy Statement is only seeking the approval of LLC Units (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, from and after(i) the first anniversaryissuance of the date of the IPO (subject toCompany’s Class A common stock contemplated by the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange theirMedley LLC UnitsChapter 11 Plan in accordance with the NYSE listing rule requirements, and (ii) the approval of the Proposed Authorized Share Increase Amendment, in furtherance of providing for sharesthe issuance of ourthe Company’s Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis,to occur in connection with the Medley Chapter 11 Plan that needs to be approved by the Bankruptcy Court. The Company intends to amend the Certificate of Incorporation by implementing the Proposed Authorized Share Increase Amendment promptly following approval at the Special Meeting.

The Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, as described in this Proxy Statement and attached hereto as Annex A, is subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.conditioned upon approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and as such, the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan is subject to being amended, restated or supplemented prior to such time as the requisite approval of the Bankruptcy Court is obtained at the confirmation hearing. The exchange agreement also provides that a holderdescriptions of the Medley LLC Units willChapter 11 Plan contained in this Proxy Statement (and in the Disclosure Statement attached hereto as Annex B) are based on the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan as it exists on the date of this Proxy Statement. Similarly, disclosures set forth in Proposal No. 1 regarding the maximum number of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock expected to be issued to holders of Medley LLC notes in connection with the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan are based on the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan on the date of this Proxy Statement. Unless expressly stated or the context clearly requires, all references in this Proxy Statement to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan shall be deemed to refer to (and all approvals solicited and granted pursuant to the proposals considered and voted upon at the Special Meeting shall be deemed to cover the transactions implemented pursuant to) the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, prior to final approval and confirmation.

Capitalized terms used in this Proxy Statement under this heading titled “Proposed Plan of Reorganization of Medley LLC”, but not otherwise defined herein shall have the rightrespective meanings given to exchange LLC Units if Medley Management Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Medley Management Inc. or its subsidiaries to which such holder may be subject. Medley Management Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so thatterms in the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan.

In connection with Proposal 1 and Proposal 2, below is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for United States federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchangessummary of the treatment that the following stakeholders of Medley LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of LLC Units held by Medley Management Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LLC Units.

Registration Rights Agreement
In September 2014, we entered into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to registerwould receive under the Securities Act sharesMedley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, which is subject in all respects to confirmation of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for LLC Units. Under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to registerBankruptcy Court:

Notes Claims. On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall receive: (i) if such holder votes to accept the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, 0.600 shares of newly issued Class A Common Stock of the Company for each $25 principal amount of 7.25% senior notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) and/or 6.875% senior notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) held by such holder; (ii) if such holder does not take any action and does not vote on the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, 0.450 shares of newly issued Class A Common Stock of the Company for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder; or (iii) if such holder elects to Opt-Out of the Third Party Release contained in Article VIII of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan and/or votes to reject the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, the lesser of (x) 0.134 shares of newly-issued Class A Common Stock of the Company for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder or (y) a pro rata share of the Rejecting Noteholder Pool. For a discussion of the background of the Notes Claims, see the heading titled “Notes Claims” below.

Strategic Claim. The holder of the Allowed Strategic Claim shall receive: (i) [ ] shares of newly issued Class A Common Stock of the Company; (ii) $350,000 in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter; and (iii) a secured promissory note, the form of which will be negotiated between the parties prior to the Confirmation Hearing, which provides for 10 consecutive quarterly payments of $225,000 in Cash, commencing on the last Business Day of the first full calendar quarter following the Effective Date. For a discussion of the background of the Strategic Claim, see the heading titled “Strategic Claims” below.

Assuming the exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock by our pre-IPO owners. In addition, Medley Group LLC, an entity wholly-owned by our pre-IPO owners, will have the right to request that we register the salemaximum amount of shares of Class A common stock heldthat could be issued under the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan (in the event 100% of the holders of the 2026 Notes and the 2024 Notes voted to accept the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan), [ ] shares of Class A common stock would be issued to holders of the 2026 Notes and the 2024 Notes, together with an additional [ ] shares of Class A common stock to the holder of the Allowed Strategic Claim.

Below is a summary of the treatment that the other stakeholders of Medley LLC would receive under the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, which is subject in all respects to confirmation by our pre-IPO ownersthe Bankruptcy Court:

Secured Claims.  Each holder of an Allowed Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the Debtor and in its sole discretion: (i) payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Secured Claim; (ii) the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim; (iii) Reinstatement of its Allowed Secured Claim; or (iv) such other treatment rendering its Allowed Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Other Priority Claims. Each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive treatment in a manner consistent with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

General Unsecured Claims. Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, at the option of the Debtor: (i) the lesser of the amount of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim in Cash, or its pro rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Pool; or (ii) Reinstatement.

Intercompany Claims. Each Allowed Intercompany Claim shall be, at the option of the Debtor, either: (i) Reinstated; or (ii) canceled, released, and extinguished and without any distribution at the Debtor’s election and in its sole discretion.

Interests.  Each holder of an Interest shall retain such Interest.

In connection with the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, it is anticipated that certain equity incentive awards will be issued to Medley Personnel under the Company’s 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended. It is expected that the terms related to such awards will be set forth in a supplement to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, with issuance of the awards subject to confirmation of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan.

Notes Claim

On August 9, 2016, Medley LLC completed a registered public offering of $25.0 million of an unlimitedaggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes, pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016, as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016, between Medley LLC and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). On October 18, 2016, Medley LLC completed a registered public offering of an additional $28.6 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes, pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016, as supplemented by that certain Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2016, between Medley LLC and the Trustee. The 2026 Notes mature on August 15, 2026.

In addition, on January 18, 2017, Medley LLC completed a registered public offering of $34.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Notes, pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016, as supplemented by that certain Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 18, 2017, between Medley LLC and the Trustee. On February 22, 2017, Medley LLC completed a registered public offering of an additional $34.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 2024 Notes, pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016, as supplemented by that certain Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2017, between Medley LLC and the Trustee. The 2024 Notes mature on January 30, 2024.

As previously disclosed in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on February 2, 2021, on February 1, 2021, Medley LLC did not pay the approximately $1.3 million quarterly interest payment due on such date in respect of the 2024 Notes. The above-referenced indentures governing the 2024 Notes afforded Medley LLC the benefit of a 30-day grace period (through March 3, 2021), which must elapse before a missed interest payment may be treated as an event of default under the terms of the 2024 Notes. Approximately $69 million in aggregate principal amount of 2024 Notes are outstanding as of the date of this Proxy Statement. On February 16, 2021, Medley LLC did not pay the approximately $0.9 million quarterly interest payment due on such date in respect of the 2026 Notes. The above-referenced indentures governing the 2026 Notes afford Medley LLC the benefit of a 30-day grace period (through March 18, 2021) which must elapse before a missed interest payment may be treated as an event of default under the terms of the 2024 Notes. Approximately $54 million in aggregate principal amount of 2026 Notes are outstanding as of the date of this Proxy Statement.

The commencement of the Chapter 11 Case constitutes an event of default that accelerates the obligations under the above-referenced indentures governing the 2026 Notes and the 2024 Notes. Any efforts to enforce payment obligations under the 2024 Notes, the 2026 Notes, or the debt obligations referenced below (collectively, the “Debt Instruments”) are automatically stayed as a result of the filing of the Chapter 11 Case and the holders’ rights of enforcement with respect to the Debt Instruments are subject to the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Strategic Claim

In January 2016, SIC Advisors LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Medley LLC (“SIC Advisors”) executed an amendment to its operating agreement, which provided SIC Advisors with the right to redeem membership units owned by the minority interest holder, Strategic Capital Advisory Services, LLC (“SCAS”). The redemption right of SIC Advisors was triggered by the termination of the dealer manager agreement between Sierra Income Corporation and SC Distributors LLC (“DMA Termination”), an affiliate of the minority interest holder. On July 31, 2018, a DMA Termination event occurred and, as a result, SIC Advisors exercised its redemption right.

In December 2018, Medley LLC entered into a Letter Agreement with SCAS, whereby consideration of $14.0 million was agreed upon for the satisfaction in full of all amounts owed by SIC Advisors under the LLC Agreement of SIC Advisors. The amount due was payable in sixteen equal installments through August 5, 2022.

As a result of the ongoing economic impact of COVID-19, Medley LLC did not pay its installment payment that was due in May 2020 and commenced discussions with SCAS to seek deferral of a portion of the upcoming installment payments until 2021 through 2023. On August 4, 2020, the Company and SCAS entered into an amendment to the Letter Agreement which, among other items, revised the payment terms under the original letter agreement. The payment terms were amended such that the remaining balance due to SCAS would be payable as follows: $700,000 on August 5, 2020, followed by three quarterly installments of $350,000 and quarterly installments thereafter of $1.0 million through February 5, 2023.

17

PROPOSAL NO. 1 ISSUANCE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THE MEDLEY LLC CHAPTER 11 PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NYSE LISTING RULE REQUIREMENTS

Reasons for Seeking Stockholder Approval

The Company’s Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE and, as a result, the Company is subject to certain NYSE listing rules and regulations. Pursuant to Section 312.03(c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, subject to certain exceptions, stockholder approval is required prior to the issuance of common stock, or of securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, in any transaction or series of related transactions if: (1) the common stock has, or will have upon issuance, voting power equal to or in excess of 20% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance of such stock or of securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock or (2) the number of times and may require usshares of common stock to make available shelf registration statements permitting salesbe issued is, or will be upon issuance, equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding before the issuance of the common stock or of securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock.

Assuming the maximum amount of shares of Class A common stock intothat could be issued under the market from timeMedley LLC Chapter 11 Plan (in the event 100% of the holders of the 2026 Notes and the 2024 Notes voted to time overaccept the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan), the Company would issue up to [   ] shares of Class A Common would be issued to holders of the 2026 Notes and the 2024 Notes, together with an extended period. Medley Group LLC will also haveadditional [   ] shares of Class A common stock to the abilityholders of the Allowed Strategic Claim, which represents up to exercise certain piggyback registration rightsapproximately [   ]% of our outstanding Common Stock prior to such issuance. Accordingly, the Company is seeking the approval of its stockholders to satisfy the requirements of Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.

Dilution and Impact on Existing Stockholders

While our Board believes that the proposal is advisable and in respectthe best interest of the Company and our stockholders, you should consider the dilutive effect on current stockholders.

The issuance of shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan would have a dilutive effect on current stockholders in that the percentage ownership of the Company held by our pre-IPO owners in connection with registered offerings requested by other registration rights holders or initiated by us. Under the registration rights agreement, Medley Management Inc.such current stockholders will be liable for and pay all registration expenses in connection with each of the foregoing registrations.

Tax Receivable Agreement
Holders of LLC Units (other than Medley Management Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of the IPO (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Medley Management Inc. on a one-for-one basis. Medley LLC intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which is expected to result in increases to the tax basis of the assets of Medley LLC at the time of an exchange of LLC Units. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Medley Management Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.


In September 2014, we entered into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LLC Units that provides for the payment by Medley Management Inc. to exchanging holders of LLC Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Medley Management Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of these increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Medley Management Inc. and not of Medley LLC. Medley Management Inc. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash tax savings, if any, in income tax it realizes. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the cash tax savings in income tax will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Medley Management Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that Medley Management Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of Medley LLCdecline as a result of the exchanges and had Medley Management Inc. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The termissuance. As a result of the tax receivable agreementissuance, it is expected that the holders of the 2026 Notes and the 2024 Notes will continue until allcollectively own approximately [ ]% of the Company on a fully diluted basis and SCAS will own [   ]% of the Company on a fully diluted basis, prior to giving effect to any equity incentive issuances to employees under the Company’s equity plan to incentivize employees. This means that our existing stockholders will own a smaller interest in the Company as a result of such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unlessissuance.

Interests of Certain Persons

As set forth in the Medley Management Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount basedLLC Chapter 11 Plan, on the agreed payments remaining toEffective Date, certain members of the Company’s management team will issue Medley LLC a $1,000,000 promissory note.

As of the Record Date, Seth Taube holds [   ] LLC Units, representing a beneficial ownership of [   ]% of Medley LLC. See “Ownership of Securities” for more information. The Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan provides that all holders of LLC Units will retain its interests and will be madeunimpaired within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result of the foregoing and following the issuance under the agreementMedley LLC Chapter 11 Plan (as described in more detail below) or Medley Management Inc. breaches anyabove), Seth Taube will hold [   ] LLC Units, representing a beneficial ownership of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Medley Management Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

the timing of exchanges - for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets[   ]% of Medley LLC atfollowing the timeissuance.

As described in “Background of each exchange;the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan”, in connection with the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, it is anticipated that certain equity incentive awards will be issued to Medley Personnel under the Company’s 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended. It is expected that the terms related to such awards will be set forth in a supplement to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan, with issuance of the awards subject to confirmation of the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan.

Required Vote

Pursuant to the pricerules of sharesthe NYSE, the approval of the issuance of our Class A common stock pursuant to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast (in person or by proxy) at the timeSpecial Meeting. This means that there must be more votes “FOR” the proposal than the aggregate of votes “AGAINST” the proposal at the Special Meeting.Abstentions are not considered votes cast on this proposal and will have no effect on the vote for this proposal. “Broker non-votes” will have no effect on the outcome of this vote.

As a result of certain of our executive officers and directors having aggregate beneficial ownership collectively representing [   ]% of the exchange -voting power of our common stock, the increase in any tax deductions, as well asapproval of the tax basis increase in other assets, of Medley LLC, is directly proportional to the price of sharesissuance of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

the extent to which such exchanges are taxable - if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and
the amount and timing of our income - Medley Management Inc. will be required to pay 85% of the cash tax savings as and when realized, if any. If Medley Management Inc. does not have taxable income, Medley Management Inc. is not required (absent circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no cash tax savings will have been realized. However, any cash tax savings that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivables agreement.
We anticipate that we will account for the effects of these increases in tax basis and associated payments under the tax receivable agreement arising from future exchanges as follows:
we will record an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in tax basis based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the exchange;
pursuant to the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis that will consider, among other things, our expectation of future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance; and
we will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit (which is the recorded deferred tax asset less any recorded valuation allowance) as an increase to the liability due under the tax receivable agreement and the remaining 15% of the estimated realizable tax benefit as an increase to additional paid-in capital.
All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the exchange will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.
We expect that as a result of the size of the increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Medley LLC the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax savings that Medley Management Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to Medley Management Inc. by Medley LLC are not sufficient to permit Medley Management Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Late payments under the tax receivable agreement generally will accrue interest at an uncapped rate equal to LIBOR plus 500 basis points. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by holders of LLC Units.
In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, Medley Management Inc.’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LLC Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including Medley Management Inc. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement.


Furthermore, Medley Management Inc. may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax savings. In determining such anticipated future cash tax savings, the tax receivable agreement includes several assumptions, including (i) that any LLC Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Medley Management Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax savings, (iii) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (iv) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax savings are discounted at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
As a result of the change in control provisions and the early termination right, Medley Management Inc. could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax savings that Medley Management Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.
Decisions made by our pre-IPO owners in the course of running our business may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction generally will accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement. Payments under the tax receivable agreement are based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Medley Management Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if a tax basis increase is successfully challenged by the IRS. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the Medley Management Inc.’s cash tax savings.
Medley LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement
Medley Management Inc. holds LLC Units in Medley LLC and is the sole managing member of Medley LLC. Accordingly, Medley Management Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Medley LLC and, through Medley LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.
Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC, Medley Management Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of LLC Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of LLC Units pro rataChapter 11 Plan in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.
The holders of LLC Units, including Medley Management Inc., will incur United States federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Medley LLC. Net profits and net losses of Medley LLC will generally be allocated to its holders (including Medley Management Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests, except as otherwise requiredNYSE listing rule requirements by law. The limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC will provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions”, to the holders of the LLC Units if Medley Management Inc., as the sole managing member of Medley LLC, determines that the taxable income of Medley LLC will give rise to taxable income for the holders of LLC Units to the extent that other distributions made by Medley LLC for such year were otherwise insufficient to cover such tax liabilities. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Medley LLC multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined United States federal, state and local income tax rate (including the “Medicare” tax imposed under the Code) prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York or California (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income) and the character of the applicable income, but not taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and without regard to certain basis adjustments that may have the effect of reducing a particular holders net taxable income.
The limited liability company agreement of Medley LLC also provides that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Medley Management Inc. in connection with operating the Company's business, but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Medley Management Inc., income tax expenses of Medley Management Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by Medley Management Inc., will be borne by Medley LLC.
Other than Medley Management Inc., holders of LLC Units, including our pre-IPO owners, will, subject to limited exceptions, be prohibited from transferring any LLC Units held by them upon consummation of the IPO, or any shares of Class A common stock received upon exchange of such LLC Units, until the third anniversary of the IPO without our consent. Thereafter and prior to the fourth and fifth anniversaries of the IPO, such holders may not transfer more than 33 1/3% and 66 2/3%, respectively, of the number of LLC Units held by them upon consummation of the IPO, together with the number of any shares of Class A common stock received by them upon exchange therefor, without our consent. While this agreement could be amended or waived by us, our pre-IPO owners have advised us that they do not intend to seek any waivers of these restrictions.


John Fredericks Separation and Engagement Agreements
On August 11, 2020, John D. Fredericks resigned as the Company’s General Counsel and Secretary, effective as of that date. Commencing August 12, 2020, Mr. Fredericks will serve as outside counsel to the Company pursuant to an engagement agreement (the “Engagement Agreement”) entered into between the Company and Mr. Fredericks. The Engagement Agreement provides that Mr. Fredericks will be paid a monthly retainer of $25,000 in exchange for being available to provide at least 50 hours of services each month, with additional services available at an hourly rate of $650. The Engagement Agreement has no fixed term and may be terminated by the Company at any time. Additionally, on August 13, 2020, Mr. Fredericks and Medley LLC entered into a separation agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) regarding the terms of Mr. Fredericks separation, which provides, among other matters: (i) that for purposes of Mr. Fredericks’ restricted LLC unit award agreements, Mr. Fredericks’ resignation shall not be deemed a termination of service, it being understood that Mr. Fredericksstockholders is continuing to provide legal services pursuant to the Engagement Agreement, (ii) Mr. Fredericks agrees that the vesting schedule for certain restricted LLC unit grants as specified in the Separation Agreement is extended to February 28, 2022 (with the vesting of such restricted LLC units conditioned upon Mr. Fredericks’ continuing to provide the services pursuant to the Engagement Agreement), (iii) acknowledgment of Mr. Fredericks’ entitlement to a pro rata annual bonus on account of his services from January 1, 2020 through his August 11, 2020 separation date in an amount to be determined in accordance with Medley LLC’s regular practices and standards, which bonus will be determined and paid in 2021 at the same time as any bonuses are determined for any other members of Medley LLC, (iv) payment of up to 18 months of COBRA premiums for Mr. Fredericks and his dependents, and (v) Mr. Fredericks acknowledges and agrees to be bound to certain confidentiality obligations.
Other Transactions
Christopher Taube, our Senior Managing Director, Head of Institutional Fund Raising, is the brother of Mr. Brook Taube and Mr. Seth Taube, our Co-Chief Executive Officers and Co-Chairmen of the Board. In connection with his employment, Mr. Christopher Taube is entitled to a guaranteed annual payment related to his ownership interest in Medley LLC, as well as an annual discretionary bonus which may be in the form of cash, equity based awards and/or profits interests in our advisor entities. Mr. Christopher Taube received total compensation in 2019 valued at $1.5 million for his services, which included (i) the guaranteed annual payments and (ii) restricted LLC Units with an aggregate grant date fair value at $1,175,000. His compensation is commensurate with that of a similarly situated employee in his position.
Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons
Our Board of Directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests and/or improper valuation (or the perception thereof). Our Board of Directors has adopted a written policy on transactions with related persons that is in conformity with the requirements for issuers having publicly-held common stock that is listed on the NYSE.
This related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our General Counsel any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The General Counsel will then promptly communicate that information to our Board. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our Board or a duly authorized committee of the Board. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.


PROPOSAL NO. 2 - RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Audit Committee has selected RSM US LLP to serve as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2020.

Although stockholder ratification is not required by our by-laws or otherwise, the Board is submitting the selection of RSM US LLP to our stockholders for ratification because we value our stockholders’ views on the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. If our stockholders fail to ratify the selection, it will be considered as notice to the Audit Committee to consider the selection of a different firm. Even if the selection is ratified, the Audit Committee, in its discretion, may select a different independent registered public accounting firm at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

Representatives of RSM US LLP are expected to participate in the Annual Meeting. They also will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and they are expected to be available to respond to appropriate questions.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
Consistent with SEC policies regarding auditor independence and the Audit Committee’s charter, the Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention, oversight and termination of the independent registered public accounting firm engaged (including the resolution of disagreements between management and such firm regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company. In exercising this responsibility, the Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and permitted non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm prior to each engagement going forward. These services may include audit services, audit related services, tax services and other services. In addition, the Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis. The Audit Committee may form and delegate authority to subcommittees consisting of one or more members who are independent directors, when appropriate, including the authority to grant pre-approvals of audit and permitted non-audit services, provided that decisions of such subcommittee to grant pre-approvals shall be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.
RSM US LLP Fees
In connection with the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, we entered into an agreement with RSM US LLP which sets forth the terms by which RSM US LLP performed audit services for the Company.
The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by RSM US LLP for the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2019 and 2018 and fees billed for other services rendered by RSM US LLP for those periods:
 2019 2018
Audit fees(1)
$694,605
 $776,036
Audit-related fees(2)

 
Tax fees(3)

 
All other fees(4)

 
Total$694,605
 $776,036
(1)Amounts reported under Audit fees include professional services rendered for the audits of our annual financial statements and reviews of our quarterly financial statements. This category also includes fees for professional services rendered in connection with the quarterly reviews and year-end audit of Medley LLC’s consolidated financial statements as well as customary services that only the independent auditor reasonably can provide such as consents and assistance with, and review of, other documents filed with the SEC.
(2)Amounts reported under Audit-related fees include assurance and related services by the principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the registrant’s financial statements and are not reported under audit fees. There were no such fees in 2019 and 2018.
(3)Amounts reported under Tax fees include professional services rendered for tax return compliance and consultations related to technical interpretations, applicable laws and regulations and tax accounting. There were no such fees in 2019 or 2018.
(4)All other fees encompasses any services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm other than services reported in the other above categories. There were no such fees in 2019 and 2018.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” THE RATIFICATION OF RSM US LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUTNING FIRM FOR FISCAL YEAR 2020.


PROPOSAL NO. 3 - APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION TO EFFECT THE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT
General
The Company is asking stockholders to adopt and approve the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment to effect the Reverse Stock Split. The Board has unanimously approved and declared advisable the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment, and recommends that our stockholders adopt and approve the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment. The following description of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment is a summary and is subject to the full text of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment, which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Annex A.
If stockholders approve this proposal, the Board will cause the Certificate of Amendment to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and effect the Reverse Stock Split only if the Board determines that the Reverse Stock Split would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Reverse Stock Split could become effective as soon as the business day immediately following the Annual Meeting. The Board also may determine in its discretion not to effect the Reverse Stock Split and not to file the Certificate of Amendment. No further action on the part of stockholders will be required to either implement or abandon the Reverse Stock Split.
Depending on the ratio for the Reverse Stock Split determined by the Board, (i) a minimum of 643,436 and a maximum of 1,286,873 shares in aggregate of the Company’s existing Class A common stock will be combined into one new share of our Class A common stock and (ii) a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 20 shares in aggregate of the Company’s existing Class B common stock will be combined into one new share of our Class B common stock. As of the Record Date, (i) 6,434,364 shares of our Class A common stock were issued and outstanding and (ii) 100 shares of our Class B common stock were issued and outstanding. Based on the number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock issued and outstanding as of the Record Date, immediately following the Reverse Stock Split, the Company would have approximately 1,286,873 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding and 20 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding if the ratio for the Reverse Stock Split is 1-5, and approximately 643,436 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding and approximately 10 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding if the ratio for the Reverse Stock Split is 1-10, as illustrated in the table under the caption “Effects of the Reverse Stock Split - Effect on Shares of Common Stock.” Any other ratios selected within such range would result in a number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock issued and outstanding following the Reverse Stock Split between 643,436 and 1,286,873 Class A shares and between 10 and 20 Class B shares.
If approved and effected, the Reverse Stock Split will be realized simultaneously and in the same ratio for all classes (Class A and Class B). All holders of the Company’s common stock will be affected proportionately by the Reverse Stock Split.
No fractional shares of common stock will be issued as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. Instead, any stockholder who would have been entitled to receive a fractional share as a result of the Reverse Stock Split will receive cash payments in lieu of such fractional shares. Each stockholder will hold the same percentage of the outstanding common stock immediately following the Reverse Stock Split as that stockholder did immediately prior to the Reverse Stock Split, except to the extent that the Reverse Stock Split results in stockholders receiving cash in lieu of fractional shares. The par value of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will continue to be $0.01 per share (see “-Effects of the Reverse Stock Split -Reduction in Stated Capital”).
Except as otherwise indicated, all share, per share, and related numbers and data in this Proxy Statement reflect pre-split information and do not give effect to the Reverse Stock Split.
Reasons for the Reverse Stock Split
Reverse Stock Split. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to effect a Reverse Stock Split within the range of 1-5 to 1-10, with the exact ratio to be determined by the Board at a later date, in order to reduce the number of shares of common stock outstanding. The Board authorized the Reverse Stock Split of our common stock with the primary intent of increasing the per share trading price of our common stock in order to meet the NYSE’s price criteria for continued listing on the NYSE. Our common stock is publicly traded and listed on the NYSE under the symbol “MDLY.” Accordingly, for these and other reasons discussed below, we believe that effecting the Reverse Stock Split is in the Company’s and our stockholders’ best interests.
On April 17, 2020, the Company received written notice (the “Notice”) from the NYSE that the average closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock over the prior 30 consecutive trading day period was below $1.00 per share, which is the minimum average closing price per share required to maintain listing on the NYSE under Section 802.01C of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (“Section 802.01C”). The Company considered all available options in order to regain compliance with the


requirements of Section 802.01C. Based upon its review, the Board determined to propose a reverse stock split for stockholder approval. On May 1, 2020, the Company notified the NYSE of its receipt of the Notice and its intention to cure the share price non-compliance through a reverse stock split. A delisting of our Class A common stock from the NYSE would negatively impact us because it could: (i) reduce the liquidity and market price of our Class A common stock; (ii) reduce the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our Class A common stock, which could negatively impact our ability to raise equity financing; and (iii) limit our ability offer and sell freely tradable securities, thereby preventing us from accessing the public capital markets. We may not be able to meet the minimum share price requirement of Section 802.01C unless we effect the Reverse Stock Split. The Company has until December 26, 2020 to regain compliance with the minimum share price requirement. If stockholder approval is required to cure the share price non-compliance, as is the case to effectuate a reverse stock split, the Company must obtain stockholder approval no later than the Annual Meeting and promptly implement the action thereafter. The Company can regain compliance if, on the last trading day of any calendar month during the cure period, our Class A common stock has (i) a closing price of at least $1.00 per share and (ii) an average closing price of at least $1.00 per share over the 30-trading day period ending on the last trading day of such month. If the Company effectuates the Reverse Stock Split, it will regain compliance with Section 802.01C if the Company’s price per share of Class A common stock promptly exceeds $1.00 per share, and remains above that level for at least the following 30 trading days.
In addition to bringing the per share trading price of our Class A common stock back above $1.00, we also believe that the Reverse Stock Split by increasing our stock price will make our Class A common stock more attractive to a broader range of investors. Many brokerage houses and institutional investors have internal policies and practices that either prohibit them from investing in low-priced stocks or tend to discourage individual brokers from recommending low-priced stocks to their customers. In addition, some of those policies and practices may function to make the processing of trades in low-priced stocks economically unattractive to brokers. Because brokers’ commissions on low-priced stocks generally represent a higher percentage of the stock price than commissions on higher-priced stocks, the current trading prices of our Class A common stock can result in individual stockholders paying transaction costs that are a higher percentage of the value of the transaction than would be the case if the share price were substantially higher. We believe that the Reverse Stock Split, when effected, will make our Class A common stock a more attractive and cost-effective investment for many investors.
Reducing the number of outstanding shares of our common stock through the Reverse Stock Split is intended, absent other factors, to increase the per share trading price of our Class A common stock. However, other factors, such as our financial results, market conditions and the market perception of our business, may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, there can be no assurance that the Reverse Stock Split, if implemented, will produce the intended results described above, that the market price of our Class A common stock will increase following implementation of the Reverse Stock Split or that the market price of our Class A common stock will not decrease in the future.
We believe that a Reverse Stock Split will also provide the Company and its stockholders with other benefits. Currently, the fees we pay to list our shares on the NYSE are based on the number of shares we have outstanding. Also, the fees we pay for custody and clearing services, the fees we pay to the SEC to register securities for issuance and the costs of our proxy solicitations are frequently based on or related to the number of shares being held, cleared or registered, as applicable. Reducing the number of shares that are outstanding and that will be issued in the future may reduce the amount of fees and taxes that we pay to these organizations and agencies, as well as other organizations and agencies that levy charges based on the number of shares rather than the value of the shares.
Board Discretion to Implement the Reverse Stock Split
The Board believes that stockholder adoption and approval of the Reverse Stock Split within the Range is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders because it provides the Board with the flexibility to achieve the desired results of the Reverse Stock Split and because it is not possible to predict market conditions at the time the Reverse Stock Split is implemented. If our stockholders approve this proposal, the Board will implement the Reverse Stock Split upon a determination that the Reverse Stock Split is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders at that time, but not later than December 26, 2020. The Board will then select the ratio for the Reverse Stock Split from the Range adopted and approved by the stockholders that the Board determines to be advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, considering relevant market conditions at the time the Reverse Stock Split is to be implemented. The factors that the Board may consider in determining the Reverse Stock Split ratio include, but are not limited to, the following:
•    the historical trading price and trading volume of our Class A common stock;
•    our ability to meet the NYSE continued listing standards rules, including the minimum share price requirement;


•    the then-prevailing trading price and trading volume of our common stock and the expected impact of the Reverse Stock Split on the trading market for our common stock in the short-term and long-term; and
•    general market, economic conditions, and other related conditions prevailing in our industry.
Certain Risks and Potential Disadvantages Associated with the Reverse Stock Split
We cannot assure you that the proposed Reverse Stock Split will increase our stock price. We expect that the Reverse Stock Split will increase the per share market price of our Class A common stock. However, the effect of the Reverse Stock Split on the per share market price of our Class A common stock cannot be predicted with any certainty, and the history of reverse stock splits for other companies is varied, particularly since some investors may view a reverse stock split negatively. It is possible that the per share market price of our Class A common stock after the Reverse Stock Split will not increase in the same proportion as the reduction in the number of our outstanding shares of common stock following the Reverse Stock Split. In addition, although we believe the Reverse Stock Split may enhance the marketability of our Class A common stock to certain potential investors, we cannot assure you that, if implemented, our Class A common stock will be more attractive to investors. Even if we implement the Reverse Stock Split, the per share market price of our Class A common stock may decrease due to factors unrelated to the Reverse Stock Split, including our future performance. If the Reverse Stock Split is consummated and the per share market price of our common stock declines, the percentage decline as an absolute number and as a percentage of our overall market capitalization may be greater than would occur in the absence of the Reverse Stock Split.
We cannot assure you that we will regain and continue in compliance with the continued listing standards of the NYSE. Even if our stockholders adopt and approve the Reverse Stock Split and the Reverse Stock Split is effected, there can be no assurance that we will regain compliance with the NYSE continued listing standards and/or continue to meet the NYSE continued listing criteria.
The proposed Reverse Stock Split may decrease the liquidity of our Class A common stock and result in higher transaction costs. The liquidity of our Class A common stock may be negatively impacted by the Reverse Stock Split, given the reduced number of shares that will be outstanding after the Reverse Stock Split, particularly if the per share market price does not increase as a result of the Reverse Stock Split. In addition, if the Reverse Stock Split is implemented, it will increase the number of our stockholders who own “odd lot”" of fewer than 100 shares of common stock. Brokerage commissions and other costs of transactions in odd lots are generally higher than the costs of transactions of more than 100 shares of common stock. Accordingly, the Reverse Stock Split may not achieve the desired results of increasing the marketability of our common stock as described above.
Effective Time
The effective time of the Reverse Stock Split (the “Effective Time”), if approved by stockholders and implemented by the Board, will be the date and time set forth in the Certificate of Amendment that is filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, will be determined at the discretion of the Board, and may occur as soon as the business day immediately following the Annual Meeting, assuming the stockholders approve the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment. However, the exact timing of the filing of the Certificate of Amendment to effect the Reverse Stock Split will be determined by the Board based on its evaluation as to when such action will be the most advantageous to the Company and our stockholders, but not later than December 26, 2020.
If, at any time prior to the filing of the Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, notwithstanding stockholder approval, and without further action by the stockholders, the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to delay the filing of the Certificate of Amendment or abandon the Reverse Stock Split, the Reverse Stock Split may be delayed or abandoned.

Fractional Shares
We will not issue fractional shares in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. Stockholders who would otherwise hold fractional shares because the number of shares of common stock they hold before the Reverse Stock Split is not evenly divisible by the split ratio ultimately determined by the Board will be entitled to receive a cash payment (without interest and subject to backup withholding and applicable withholding taxes) from the transfer agent in lieu of such fractional shares. The cash payment is subject to applicable U.S. federal and state income tax and state abandoned property laws. Stockholders will not be entitled to receive interest for the period of time between the Effective Time and the date payment is received.
In lieu of issuing fractional shares, stockholders who otherwise would be entitled to receive fractional shares will be entitled to receive cash (without interest) from the Company’s transfer agent in lieu of such fractional share interests upon submission


of a transmission letter by a stockholder holding the shares in book-entry form and, where shares are held in certificated form, upon the surrender of the stockholder’s certificated shares, in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the closing price per share of the Class A Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange as of the date of the Effective Time, by (b) the fraction of one share owned by the stockholder.
After the Reverse Stock Split, a stockholder will have no further interest in the Company with respect to its fractional share interest, and persons otherwise entitled to a fractional share will not have any voting, dividend or other rights with respect thereto except the right to receive a cash payment as described above.
Stockholders should be aware that, under the escheat laws of various jurisdictions, sums due for fractional interests that are not timely claimed after the effective time of the Reverse Stock Split may be required to be paid to the designated agent for each such jurisdiction, unless correspondence has been received by the Company or the transfer agent concerning ownership of such funds within the time permitted in such jurisdiction. Thereafter, if applicable, stockholders otherwise entitled to receive such funds, but who do not receive them due to, for example, their failure to timely comply with the transfer agent’s instructions, will have to seek to obtain such funds directly from the state to which they were paid.
Effects of the Reverse Stock Split
General
After the Effective Time, if approved by stockholders and implemented by the Board, each stockholder will own a reduced number of shares of common stock. The principal effect of the Reverse Stock Split will be to proportionately decrease the number of outstanding shares of our common stock based on the reverse stock split ratio selected by the Board.
Voting rights and other rights of the holders of our common stock will not be affected by the Reverse Stock Split, other than as a result of the treatment of fractional shares as described above. For example, a holder of 2% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Reverse Stock Split will generally continue to hold 2% (assuming there is no impact as a result of the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our common stock after the Reverse Stock Split. The number of stockholders of record will not be affected by the Reverse Stock Split (except to the extent any are cashed out as a result of holding fractional shares). If approved and implemented, the Reverse Stock Split may result in some stockholders owning “odd lots” of less than 100 shares of our common stock. Odd lot shares may be more difficult to sell, and brokerage commissions and other costs of transactions in odd lots are generally somewhat higher than the costs of transactions in “round lots” of even multiples of 100 shares. The Board believes, however, that these potential effects are outweighed by the benefits of the Reverse Stock Split.
Effect on Shares of Common Stock
The following table contains approximate information, based on share information as of September 17, 2020, relating to our outstanding Class A common stock based on the Range of the Reverse Stock Split ratio and information regarding our authorized and outstanding shares assuming that Proposal No. 3 and Proposal No. 4 are approved and the Reverse Stock Split and the Authorized Share Reduction are implemented:
StatusNumber of Shares of Class A Common Stock AuthorizedNumber of Shares of Class A Common Stock Issued and Outstanding
Pre-Reverse Stock Split3,000,000,000
6,434,364
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:55,000,000
1,286,873
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:105,000,000
643,436

The following table contains approximate information, based on share information as of September 17, 2020, relating to our outstanding Class B common stock based on the Range of the Reverse Stock Split ratio and information regarding our authorized shares assuming that the proposal is approved and the Reverse Stock Split and the Authorized Share Reduction are implemented:


StatusNumber of Shares of Class B Common Stock AuthorizedNumber of Shares of Class B Common Stock Issued and Outstanding
Pre-Reverse Stock Split1,000,000
100
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:51,000
20
Post-Reverse Stock Split 1:101,000
10
Reported per share net income or loss will be higher because there will be fewer shares of common stock outstanding.
After the effective date of the Reverse Stock Split that the Board elects to implement, our Class A common stock would have a new committee on uniform securities identification procedures, or CUSIP number, a number used to identify our Class A common stock.
Our Class A common stock is currently registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, and we are subject to the periodic reporting and other requirements of the Exchange Act. The Reverse Stock Split will not affect the registration of our Class A common stock under the Exchange Act or the listing of our Class A common stock on the NYSE. Following the Reverse Stock Split, our common stock will continue to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “MDLY”, although it will be considered a new listing with a new CUSIP number.
Effect on Preferred Stock
Pursuant to our Certificate of Incorporation, our capital stock consists of 3,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 6,434,364 of which are outstanding, 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 of which are outstanding, and 300,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, none of which are outstanding. The Proposed Amendment to effect the Reverse Stock Split would not impact the par value of the preferred stock.
Effect on Par Value
The Proposed Amendment will not affect the par value of our Class A or Class B common stock, which will each remain at $0.01.
Reduction in Stated Capital
As a result of the Reverse Stock Split, upon the Effective Time, the stated capital on our balance sheet attributable to our common stock, which consists of the par value per share of our common stock multiplied by the aggregate number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, will be reduced in proportion to the size of the Reverse Stock Split, subject to a minor adjustment in respect of the treatment of fractional shares, and the additional paid-in capital account will be credited with the amount by which the stated capital is reduced. Our stockholders’ equity, in the aggregate, will remain unchanged.
No Going Private Transaction
Depending on the Reverse Stock Split ratio selected by the Board, as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, certain stockholders may no longer have any equity interest in the Company. Because no fractional shares will be issued, holders of common stock could be eliminated in the event that the Reverse Stock Split is implemented. However, the Board does not intend for this transaction to be the first step in a “going private transaction” within the meaning of Rule 13e-3 of the Exchange Act.
Potential Anti-takeover Effects of a Reverse Stock Split
As described below in Proposal No. 4, we are also seeking authorization for the Proposed Authorized Share Reduction Amendment to reduce the shares of the Company’s capital stock authorized for issuance. The Company is seeking authorization for the Proposed Authorized Share Reduction Amendment in part because implementation of the Reverse Stock Split will result in a significant increase in the authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vis-à-vis the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively. (Moreover, the Company’s certificate of incorporation currently provides for a very large number of shares authorized for issuance as compared to the Company’s outstanding stock, which results in a significant franchise tax burden payable by the Company.) An increased proportion of unissued authorized shares to issued shares could, under certain circumstances, have an anti-takeover effect (for example, by permitting issuances that would dilute the stock ownership of a person seeking to effect a change in the composition of the Board or contemplating a tender offer or other transaction for the combination of the Company with another company). The Reverse Stock Split proposal is not being proposed in response to any effort of which we are aware to accumulate shares of our Class A common


stock or Class B common stock or obtain control of the Company, nor is it part of a plan by management to recommend a series of similar amendments to the Board and shareholders. Our Board has not considered the Reverse Stock Split to be a tool to be utilized as a type of anti-takeover device, and it has determined that a reduction in the number of authorized shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is appropriate.
Shares Held in Book-Entry or Through a Broker, Bank or Other Holder of Record
If you hold registered shares of our common stock in a book-entry form, you do not need to take any action to receive your post-Reverse Stock Split shares of our common stock in registered book-entry form or your cash payment in lieu of fractional shares, if applicable. If you are entitled to post-Reverse Stock Split shares of our common stock, a transaction statement will automatically be sent to your address of record as soon as practicable after the Effective Time indicating the number of shares of our common stock you hold. In addition, if you are entitled to a payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares, a check will be mailed to you at your registered address as soon as practicable after the Effective Time. By signing and cashing this check, you will warrant that you owned the shares of the Company’s common stock for which you received a cash payment.
At the Effective Time, we intend to treat stockholders holding shares of our common stock in “street name” (that is, through a broker, bank or other holder of record) in the same manner as registered stockholders whose shares of our common stock are registered in their names. Brokers, banks or other holders of record will be instructed to effect the Reverse Stock Split for their beneficial holders holding shares of our common stock in “street name”; however, these brokers, banks or other holders of record may apply their own specific procedures for processing the Reverse Stock Split. If you hold your shares of our common stock with a broker, bank or other holder of record, and you have any questions in this regard, we encourage you to contact your holder of record.
Exchange of Shares Held in Certificate Form
Stockholders should not destroy any stock certificates. If you hold any of your shares of our common stock in certificate form, you will receive a transmittal letter from our transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as soon as practicable after the Effective Time. The transmittal letter will be accompanied by instructions specifying how you can deliver your stock certificates to the transfer agent and exchange them for shares of common stock held in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company’s Direct Registration System. After the Effective Time, any shares of common stock you hold in certificate form representing pre-split shares of common stock cannot be traded for value, other than in accordance with the exchange procedures described above, and cannot be used for either transfers or deliveries of your shares to other persons. Accordingly, you must exchange your stock certificates for shares held in book-entry form in order to trade your shares for value or to effect transfers or deliveries of your shares after the Reverse Stock Split. Until surrendered, we will deem outstanding pre-split stock certificates held by stockholders to be cancelled and only to represent the number of whole shares of post-Reverse Stock Split common stock to which these stockholders are entitled, subject to the treatment of fractional shares. No service charges will be payable by holders of shares of common stock in connection with the exchange of certificates. All of such expenses will be borne by the Company.
As soon as practicable after the surrender to the transfer agent of any stock certificates, together with a properly completed and duly executed transmittal letter and any other documents the transfer agent may specify, the transfer agent will adjust its records to reflect that the shares of common stock represented by such stock certificates are held in book-entry form in the name of such person.
DO NOT SEND YOUR STOCK CERTIFICATES TO THE COMPANY OR OUR TRANSFER AGENT NOW. YOU MUST SEND THEM TO THE TRANSFER AGENT ONLY AFTER YOU RECEIVE THE TRANSMITTAL LETTER FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT.
Certain of our registered holders of common stock may hold some or all of their shares electronically in book-entry form with the transfer agent. These stockholders do not have stock certificates evidencing their ownership of our common stock. They are, however, provided with a statement reflecting the number of shares registered in their accounts. Stockholders who hold shares electronically in book-entry form with the transfer agent will not need to take action (the exchange will be automatic) to receive whole shares of post-Reverse Stock Split common stock, subject to adjustment for treatment of fractional shares.
No Appraisal Rights
Under the DGCL, our stockholders are not entitled to dissenter’s rights or appraisal rights with respect to the Reverse Stock Split and we will not independently provide our stockholders with any such rights.


Interest of Certain Persons in Matters to be Acted Upon
No executive officer or director has any substantial interest, direct or indirect, by security holdings or otherwise, in the Reverse Stock Split that is not shared by all of our other stockholders.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reverse Stock Split
The following discussion is a general summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the reverse stock split that may be relevant to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (collectively, our “common stock”), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax are not discussed. This discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, existing and proposed federal income tax regulations, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek an opinion of counsel or any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the reverse stock split.
This discussion is limited to holders that hold our common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law, including without limitation:
persons that are not U.S. Holders (as defined below);
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;
banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;
real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;
brokers, dealers or traders in securities;
corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
S corporations, partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);
tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;
persons whose shares constitute “qualified small business stock” for purposes of Section 1202 of the Code;
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and
tax-qualified retirement plans.
THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY HOLDER. WE STRONGLY URGE A HOLDER OF OUR COMMON STOCK TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE REVERSE STOCK SPLIT IN LIGHT OF SUCH HOLDER’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN INCOME OR OTHER TAX LAW.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is or is treated as: (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; (2) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or (4) a trust that (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning


of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, or (b) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person
Tax Consequences of the Reverse Stock Split Generally
The reverse stock split is expected to constitute a “recapitalization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code. As a result, a U.S. Holder generally should not recognize gain or loss upon the reverse stock split, except with respect to cash received in lieu of a fractional share of our common stock, as discussed below. A U.S. Holder’s aggregate adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock received pursuant to the reverse stock split should equal the aggregate adjusted tax basis of the shares of our common stock surrendered and such U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of our common stock received should include the holding period in the shares of our common stock surrendered. Treasury Regulations provide detailed rules for allocating the tax basis and holding period of the shares of our common stock surrendered to the shares of our common stock received in a recapitalization pursuant to the reverse stock split. U.S. Holders of shares of our common stock acquired on different dates and at different prices should consult their tax advisors regarding the allocation of the tax basis and holding period of such shares.
In general, a U.S. Holder that receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of our common stock pursuant to the reverse stock split will recognize gain or loss based upon the difference between the amount of cash received and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares of our common stock surrendered that is allocated to such fractional share as set forth above, as if such fractional shares were distributed as part of the reverse stock split and then redeemed, subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 302 of the Code (including, without limitation, certain attribution rules that could result in the cash payment being treated as a dividend). The gain or loss will constitute a capital gain or loss and will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year as of the effective time of the reverse stock split.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information reporting and backup withholding (at a current rate of 24%) may apply to holders who receive cash in lieu of a fractional share of our common stock pursuant to the reverse stock split. Backup withholding generally will not apply to (1) a U.S. Holder that furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that such holder is not subject to backup withholding on IRS Form W-9 or (2) any holder that otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability, if any, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption.

Required Vote
Under the DGCL, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the Record Date is required to adopt and approve the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment. Because adoption and approval of the Amended Certificate of Incorporation to effect the Reverse Stock Split requires a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock, an abstention will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the proposal. Brokers, banks and other nominees may have discretionary authority to vote on the approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment and therefore no “broker non-votes” are anticipated with respect to this proposal.
assured.

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR”FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSED REVERSEISSUANCE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK SPLIT AMENDMENT.

PURSUANT TO THE MEDLEY LLC CHAPTER 11 PLAN. If you validly sign and return a proxy card but give no instructions on the proxy card, the shares covered by the proxy card will be voted FOR the approval of the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendmentissuance of our Class A common stock pursuant to the Medley LLC Chapter 11 Plan in accordance with the recommendation of the Board.

19




PROPOSAL NO. 42 - APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION TO EFFECT THE AUTHORIZED SHARE REDUCTION
INCREASE

General

The Company is asking stockholders to adopt and approve an amendment to the Company's amended and restated certificateCertificate of incorporationIncorporation to effecteffectuate the Authorizedincrease in the number of authorized shares of our Class A common stock as described in this Proposal No. 2 (the “Authorized Share Reduction.Increase”). The Board has unanimously approved and declared advisable the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment, and recommends that our stockholders adopt and approve the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment. The foregoing description of the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment is a summary, and is subject to the full text of the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment, which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Annex BC.

If stockholders approve this Proposal No. 4 (and provided that Proposal No. 3 is also approved andproposal, the Reverse Stock Split authorized pursuant thereto is implemented), the CompanyBoard will cause a Certificate of Amendment to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State to effectuateand effect the Authorized Share Reduction.  The Authorized Share Reduction Amendment will be implemented only to the extent the Reverse Stock Split described in Proposal No. 3 is effectuated, as the Reverse Stock Split will reduce the Company’s outstanding Class A common shares to a number permitting the Authorized Share Reduction Amendment to be implemented without reducing the number of the Company’s authorized Class A common shares below the number then outstanding.Increase. We currently expect that the Authorized Share Reduction wouldIncrease will become effective simultaneously withon or about the effectiveness of a Reverse Stock Split implemented pursuant to Proposal No. 3.business day immediately following the Special Meeting. No further action on the part of stockholders will be required to implement the Authorized Share Reduction.


Increase.

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of incorporation,Incorporation, we currently have 3,000,000,0005,000,000 shares of authorized Class A common stock, 1,000,000 shares of authorized Class B common stock and 300,000,000 shares of authorized and undesignated preferred stock. Our board of directorsThe Board recommends that our stockholders approve an amendment to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to (i) decreaseincrease the number of authorized shares of our Class A common stock, from 3,000,000,0005,000,000 shares to 5,000,000 shares, (ii) decrease the[ ] shares. The number of authorized shares of our Class B common stock from 1,000,000 shares to 1,000 shares, and (iii) decrease the number of authorized and undesignated preferred stock from 300,000,000 shareswill continue to be 1,000 and 1,000,000, shares.respectively. The par value of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock will continue to be $0.01 per share.

Reasons for the Authorized Share Reduction
As a Delaware corporation, we are required annually The additional Class A common stock to make franchise tax paymentsbe authorized will have rights identical to the Statecurrently outstanding Class A common stock of Delaware in an amount determined, in part, by the total numberCompany.

Purposes and Effects of sharesIncreasing the Number of capital stock we are authorized to issue under our Amended and Restated CertificateAuthorized Shares

The primary purpose of Incorporation. Accordingly, by reducingincreasing the number of authorized shares of our capitalClass A common stock we will significantly reduceis to effectuate the amountMedley LLC Chapter 11 Plan. In addition, if approved, this proposal would allow the Board to authorize additional shares of our annual franchise tax obligation, based on current Delaware law.

Our boardthe Company’s Class A common stock without further stockholder approval, unless required by applicable law or stock exchange rules. For example, such additional issuances would ensure availability of directorsshares for issuance of awards under its equity plans and, subject to market conditions, allow for offering of Class A common stock. The Board believes the proposed amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of the Company and our stockholders and is accordingly submitting the proposed amendment to be voted on by the stockholders in order to preserve capital and substantially reduce franchise tax obligationsstockholders.

Certificate of Amendment

If approved, this amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation would become effective upon the filing of a certificate of amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware. If the authorizationDelaware, a form of a decrease in the authorized capital stockwhich is not approved,attached as Annex C, which the Company will continueintends to incur higher than desired franchise taxes owed tofile promptly after the State of Delaware.

Potential Adverse Effects of Amendment
The proposed decrease in the number of authorized shares of our capital stock could adversely affect us. We will have less flexibility to issue shares of capital stock, including in connection with a potential merger or acquisition, stock dividend or equity offering. In the event that our board of directors determines that it would be in our best interest and the best interest of our stockholders to issue a number of shares of capital stock in excess of the number of then authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of capital stock, we would be required to seek the approval of our stockholders to increase the number of shares of authorized capital stock. If we are not able to obtain the approval of our stockholders for such an increase in a timely fashion, we may be unable to take advantage of opportunities that might otherwise be advantageous to us and our stockholders. However, our board of directors believes that these potential risks are outweighed by the anticipated benefits of reducing our Delaware franchise tax obligations.
Special Meeting.

Required Vote

Under the DGCL, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock as of the Record Date is required to adopt and approve the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment. Because adoption and approval of the Amended Certificate of Incorporation to effect the Authorized Share ReductionIncrease requires a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock, an abstention will have the same effect as voting “AGAINST” the proposal. Brokers, banks and other nominees do not have discretionary authority to vote on the approval of the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment.

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR”FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE PROPOSED AUTHORIZED SHARE REDUCTIONINCREASE AMENDMENT.

If you validly sign and return a proxy card but give no instructions on the proxy card, the shares covered by the proxy card will be voted FOR the approval of the Proposed Authorized Share ReductionIncrease Amendment in accordance with the recommendation of the Board.

20




PROPOSAL NO. 5 - ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) APPROVAL OF EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We are providing stockholders an opportunity to cast a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation (sometimes referred to as “say on pay”). This proposal allows the Company to obtain the views of stockholders on the design and effectiveness of our executive compensation program. Your advisory vote will serve as an additional tool to guide the Compensation Committee and our Board in continuing to improve the alignment of our executive compensation programs with the interests of the Company and our stockholders.

Section 14A of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules require that we provide our stockholders with the opportunity to vote to approve, on a non-binding, advisory basis, the compensation of our named executive officers as disclosed in this proxy statement in accordance with SEC rules. We must provide this opportunity to our stockholders at least once every three years.

In deciding how to vote on this proposal, the board encourages you to read the Executive Compensation section beginning on page 14 of this proxy statement. The Board of Directors recommends stockholder approval of the following resolution:

“RESOLVED, that the Company’s stockholders hereby approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of the named executive officers of Medley Management Inc. as disclosed in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders, in accordance with the SEC’s compensation disclosure rules.”

Because your vote is advisory in nature, it will not have any effect on compensation already paid or awarded to any of our executive officers and will not be binding on our Board. However, the Compensation Committee will take into account the outcome of this advisory vote when considering future executive compensation decisions.

THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL NO. 5, ADVISORY APPROVAL OF OUR EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
If you validly sign and return a proxy card but give no instructions on the proxy card, the shares covered by the proxy card will be voted FOR the approval of Proposal No. 5, Advisory Approval of our Executive Compensation, in accordance with the recommendation of the Board.



PROPOSAL NO. 6 - APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

Stockholders are requested in this Proposal No. 6 to approve an amendment to our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) to increase the number of awards available for issuance thereunder from 9,000,000 to 19,000,000 (which may upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, be issued as shares of our Class A common stock or LLC Units), which was adopted by the Board of Directors on June 25, 2020, subject to the approval by our stockholders. We are seeking approval of the amendment to the Incentive Plan because we do not have a sufficient number of awards available for issuance to our participant base, for future awards that we may issue. Approval of the amendment to the Incentive Plan is intended to ensure that we have sufficient awards available for issuance under the Incentive Plan to provide incentives to our participant base.

Immediately below is a summary of the existing Incentive Plan as proposed to be amended by this Proposal No. 6 and a discussion of the federal income tax consequences of the issuance and exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Incentive Plan to recipients and to us. This summary of the Incentive Plan is qualified entirely by reference to the complete text of the Incentive Plan, amended as contemplated by Proposal No. 6, a copy of which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Annex C.

Description of the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Purpose

The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our Class A common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Administration

The Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board to which it has delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board of Directors (as applicable, the “Committee”). The Committee is authorized to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or any award granted under, the Incentive Plan; establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of the Incentive Plan; and to make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to the Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

Eligibility

Persons eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Plan are those employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of our Company or any of its Affiliates (as defined in the Incentive Plan, which includes our parents and subsidiaries) (or any prospective director, officer, employee, consultant or advisor of our Company or any of its Affiliates who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy) who, in the opinion of the Committee, are in a position to contribute to our success.  Of these categories, as of August 14, 2020, our Company and eligible Affiliates had approximately 50 employees (including 3 executive officers), and 3 non-employee directors eligible to participate in the Incentive Plan.  As awards under the Incentive Plan are within the discretion of the Committee, the Company cannot determine how many individuals in each of the categories described above will receive awards.

Interests Subject to the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

The Incentive Plan currently provides that the total number of shares of Class A common stock or LLC Units (collectively, “Interests”) that may be issued under the Incentive Plan is 9,000,000 (or 19,000,000 if this Proposal No. 6 receives stock holder approval). Of this amount, the maximum number of Interests for which incentive stock options may be granted is 4,500,000; the


maximum number of Interests for which options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is 4,500,000; the maximum number of Interests for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is 2,250,000 (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $1.0 million in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual participant for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $7.5 million. Except for substitute awards (as described below), in the event any award terminates, lapses, or is settled without the payment of the full number of shares subject to such award, including as a result of net settlement of the award or as a result of the award being settled in cash, the undelivered Interests may be granted again under the Incentive Plan, unless the Interests are surrendered after the termination of the Incentive Plan, and only if stockholder approval is not required under the then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of Class A common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to as “substitute awards”), and such substitute awards shall not be counted against the total number of Interests that may be issued under the Incentive Plan, except that substitute awards intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” shall count against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted under the Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

To the extent the Proposed Reverse Stock Split Amendment (Proposal No. 3) is approved by the stockholders and a Reverse Stock Split is implemented, appropriate and proportionate corresponding adjustments would be made to the Incentive Plan's absolute share limit including the total number of shares of Class A common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common stock that may be issued under the Incentive Plan (and including adjustments to outstanding awards denoted in shares Class A common stock or denoted in other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Class A common stock), in each case as necessary or appropriate to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split.

Options

The Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options, under the Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Incentive Plan; provided, that all stock options granted under the Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock underlying such stock options on the date such stock options are granted (other than in the case of options that are substitute awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as an incentive stock options, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under the Incentive Plan will be ten (10) years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of our common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or “blackout period” imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the shares of our Class A common stock as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (i) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised; (ii) in shares of our Class A common stock having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares of our Class A common stock being purchased and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed by the Committee; or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the purchase price, (B) if there is a public market for the shares of our Class A common stock at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares of our Class A common stock being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares of our Class A common stock being purchased or (C) through a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of common stock will be settled in cash.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Incentive Plan. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, shares of our Class A common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our Class A common stock, as determined by the Committee) equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of our Class A common stock, over (B) the strike price per share, times (ii) the number of shares of our Class A common stock covered by the stock appreciation right. The strike price per share of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee at the time


of grant but in no event may such amount be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards).

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units

The Committee may grant restricted shares of our Class A common stock or RSUs, representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of our Class A common stock for each RSU, or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our Class A common stock, subject to the other provisions of the Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of our Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such restricted shares of common stock (except, that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of our Class A common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other than or in addition to the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of our Class A common stock will be retained, and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse).

Other Interest-Based Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted Interests, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in Interests (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units), under the Incentive Plan, including performance-based awards, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Incentive Plan.

Performance Compensation Awards

The Incentive Plan includes provisions for designating an award as a “performance compensation award” intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee also has the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any participant and designate such award as a performance compensation award under the Incentive Plan. The Committee has sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels of our performance (and/or one or more affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to specific criteria enumerated in the Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards

In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of our Class A common stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of our shares of common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire our shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a change in control, as defined in the Incentive Plan) that affects the shares of common stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a change in control) affecting us, any affiliate, or the financial statements of us or any affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee must make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including, without limitation, any or all of: (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the Interest limits applicable under the Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted thereunder; (B) the number of our Interests or other securities which may be issued in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under the Incentive Plan and (C) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of Interests or other securities subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate, (2) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award or (3) any applicable performance measures; (ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or providing for a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested awards (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of our Class A common stock received or to be received by other holders of our Class A common stock in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of options and


stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price or strike price thereof.

Nontransferability of Awards

An award will not be transferable or assignable by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate. However, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of a participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which a participant, or such participant and such participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination

The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Incentive Plan or for changes in the generally accepted accounting principles to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events) or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Incentive Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award shall not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.

The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively, subject to the consent of the affected participant if any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant with respect to such award; provided that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in the Incentive Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled option or stock appreciation right and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents

The Committee in its sole discretion may provide part of an award with dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) options or stock appreciation rights or (ii) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends or dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

Clawback/Forfeiture

An award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such award if the participant, while employed by or providing services to us or any affiliate or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other detrimental activity that is in conflict with or adverse to our interests or the interests of any affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Without limiting the foregoing, all awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.







UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS UNDER THE 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

The following is a general summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences of the grant, vesting, settlement and exercise of certain awards under the Incentive Plan and the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such awards. This summary is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and is neither intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state, local or payroll tax considerations. This summary assumes that all awards granted under the Incentive Plan are exempt from, or comply with, the rules under Section 409A of the Code related to nonqualified deferred compensation. Moreover, the United States federal income tax consequences to any particular holder may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such holder.

Incentive Stock Options

An option granted as an “incentive stock option” (“ISO”) under Section 422 of the Code may qualify for special tax treatment. The Code requires that, for treatment of an option as an ISO, common stock acquired through the exercise of the option cannot be disposed of before the later of: (i) two years from the date of grant of the option or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. Holders of ISOs will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of those options. However, the option “spread value” at the time of exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as applicable. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, we will not be allowed a deduction for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the ISO. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of an ISO disposes of those shares, with certain exceptions, the holder will generally realize ordinary income at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares is treated as capital gain or loss, as applicable, for which we are not entitled to a deduction. Finally, if an otherwise qualified ISO first becomes exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the ISO in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes.

Nonqualified Options

In general, in the case of a nonqualified stock option, the holder has no federal income tax liability at the time of grant but realizes ordinary income upon exercise of the option in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock acquired upon exercise over the exercise price. We will be able to deduct this same amount for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares of our Class A common stock is treated as capital gain or loss, as applicable, for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Stock Appreciation Rights

No federal income tax liability will be realized by a holder upon the grant of a stock appreciation right (“SAR”). Upon the exercise of a SAR, the holder will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock or cash payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares of our Class A common stock is treated as capital gain or loss, as applicable, for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Restricted Stock

A holder will not have any federal income tax liability upon the grant of an award of restricted Class A common stock unless the holder otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted Class A common stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the holder will have ordinary income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock on that date over the amount the holder paid for such shares of our Class A common stock, if any, unless the holder made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the holder will have ordinary income at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of our


Class A common stock on the date of grant over the amount the holder paid for such shares, if any. Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted stock received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Any future appreciation in our Class A common stock will be taxable to the holder at capital gains rates. However, if the restricted stock award is later forfeited, the holder will not be able to recover the tax previously paid pursuant to his Section 83(b) election. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the holder, the amount of ordinary income to the holder for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock Units

A holder will not have any federal income tax liability at the time an RSU is granted. Rather, upon the delivery of shares (or cash) pursuant to an RSU award, the holder will have ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the number of shares of our Class A common stock (or the amount of cash) the holder actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of ordinary income to the holder for federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for ordinary income paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the Class A common stock (if settled in Class A common stock) is treated as capital gain or loss for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Stock Bonus Awards

A holder will have ordinary income equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of our Class A common stock on the date the common stock subject to the award is transferred to the holder over the amount the holder paid for such shares, if any. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the holder, the amount of ordinary income to the holder for federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections. Any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or exchange of the Class A common stock is treated as capital gain or loss for which we are not entitled to a deduction.

Cash-Based Performance Awards

A holder will not have any federal income tax liability, and we will not be allowed a tax deduction, at the time a cash-based performance award is granted (for example, when the performance goals are established). Upon receipt of cash in settlement of the award, the holder will recognize ordinary income equal to the cash received, and we will be allowed a corresponding federal income tax deduction at that time, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Section 162(m)

The Incentive Plan continues to include certain provisions addressing awards intended to qualify for the exception for “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) of the Code denies a tax deduction to any publicly held corporation for compensation paid to certain “covered employees” in a taxable year to the extent that compensation exceeds $1,000,000 for a covered employee. Effective for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2018, an exception to this deduction limit applied to “performance-based compensation,” such as stock options and other equity awards, that satisfies certain criteria. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the performance-based pay exception to Section 162(m) was eliminated, but a transition rule may allow the exception to continue to apply to certain performance-based compensation payable under written binding contracts that were in effect on November 2, 2017. As a result, certain of the provisions of the Incentive Plan with respect to performance-based awards may no longer be applicable with respect to new awards.

New Plan Benefits

The grant of awards under the Incentive Plan is discretionary, and except for grants to be made to our non-executive directors as described in the “Compensation of Directors” section herein, we cannot determine now the number or type of awards to be granted in the future to any particular person or group.

Past Grants

Future awards to our directors, executive officers, employees and other eligible participants under the Incentive Plan are discretionary and not determinable at this time. However, as discussed under “Compensation of Directors,” our directors are currently entitled receive certain equity awards annually.



The table below shows the number of shares of common stock for which options have been granted and the number of shares of common stock, RSUs and Restricted LLC Units awarded under the Incentive Plan as of September 17, 2020 as to each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table contained in this Proxy Statement in the Section entitled “Executive Compensation,” and the various groups specified.
Name or CategoryNumber of Shares Subject to Stock Option Awards*Number of Shares Granted as Stock Awards*
Named Executive Officers:
Brook Taube**
Co-Chief Executive Officer


Seth Taube**
Co-Chief Executive Officer


Richard T. Allorto Jr.
Chief Financial Officer

726,198
John D. Fredericks(1)
General Counsel and Secretary

686,531
All current Executive Officers as a group
1,412,729
All current Directors who are not Executive Officers as a group
317,284
Director nominees:
John H. Dyett**
94,375
Guy T. Rounsaville, Jr.**
80,601
James G. Eaton**
142,308
All current employees who are not Executive Officers as a group
5,057,189
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group (6 persons)
1,730,013
(1)On August 11, 2020, Mr. Fredericks resigned as the Company's General Counsel and Secretary.

* The Company issues stock awards in lieu of salary or other cash compensation from time to time.
** Also current director and director nominee

Vote Required

The affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast in person or by proxy is required to approve Proposal No. 6.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF AN AMENDMENT TO THE 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN.



PROPOSAL NO. 7 - ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) VOTE ON FREQUENCY OF
FUTURE VOTES ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
In accordance with Section 14A of the Exchange Act, we are providing stockholders with the opportunity to vote on a non-binding, advisory basis, regarding how frequently we will submit say-on-pay proposals to our stockholders in the future. Stockholders will be able to specify one of four choices for the proposal on the proxy card: every year, every two years, every three years or abstain.
Our Board believes that, of the three alternative frequencies, submitting a non-binding, advisory say-on-pay resolution to stockholders every year is preferable. Annual votes will provide the Board with clearer feedback regarding the compensation of our named executive officers. The primary focus of the disclosure of the compensation of our named executive officers required to be included in our proxy statements is compensation granted in or for the prior fiscal year. Additionally, the compensation committee re-evaluates the compensation of our named executive officers each year. Of the three frequency options, our Board believes an annual say-on-pay resolution will match the annual focus of this proxy statement disclosure and provide us with the clearest and most timely feedback. This feedback may then be considered by our compensation committee in its next annual decision-making process. Additionally, the administrative process of submitting a non-binding, advisory say-on-pay resolution to stockholders on an annual basis is not expected to impose any substantial additional costs on the Company.

Please mark on the proxy card your preferred frequency by choosing the option of every year, two years or three years or mark “abstain” when you indicate your preference in response to the resolution set forth below.

“RESOLVED, that the stockholders of the Company approve, on a non-binding, advisory basis, the submission by the Company of a non-binding, advisory say-on-pay resolution pursuant to Section 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 every year, every two years, or every three years.”

You may cast your vote on your preferred voting frequency by choosing the option of one year, two years, three years or abstain from voting. The option of one year, two years or three years that receives a majority of votes cast by stockholders will be considered the frequency for the advisory vote on executive compensation that has been selected by stockholders. In the event that no option receives a majority of the votes cast, we will consider the option that receives the most votes to be the option selected by the stockholders. However, because this vote is advisory and not binding on the Board or the Company in any way, the Board may decide that it is in the best interests of the Company to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation more or less frequently than the option approved by our stockholders.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE TO HOLD AN ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION EVERY YEAR, BEGINNING WITH THE 2020 ANNUAL MEETING.

If you validly sign and return a proxy card but give no instructions on the proxy card, the shares covered by the proxy card will be voted for a frequency of "EVERY YEAR" with respect to Proposal No. 7, Advisory (Non-Binding) Vote Frequency of Future Votes on Executive Compensation, in accordance with the recommendation of the Board.



STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR THE 2021 ANNUAL MEETING

If any stockholder wishes to propose a matter for consideration at our 2021 annual meeting of stockholders, the proposal should be mailed by certified mail return receipt requested, to our General Counsel and Secretary, Medley Management Inc., 280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East, New York, New York 10017. To be eligible under the SEC’s stockholder proposal rule (Rule 14a-8(e) of the Exchange Act) for inclusion in our 2021 annual meeting proxy statement and form of proxy, a proposal must be received by our Secretary on or before May 24, 2021. Failure to deliver a proposal in accordance with this procedure may result in it not being deemed timely received.


In addition, our by-lawsbylaws permit stockholders to nominate directors and present other business for consideration at our annual meeting of stockholders. To make a director nomination or present other business for consideration at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021, you must submit a timely notice in accordance with the procedures described in our by-laws.bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than 90 days or more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. Therefore, to be presented at our annual meeting to be held in 2021, such a proposal must be received on or after June 24, 2021, but not later than close of business on July 23, 2021. In the event that the date of the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021 is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders, such notice by the stockholder must be so received no earlier than 120 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021 and not later than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021 or 10 calendar days following the day on which public announcement of the date of such annual meeting is first made. Any such proposal will be considered timely only if it is otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in our by-laws.bylaws. Such notice must set forth the information required under our by-laws,bylaws, including, but not limited to, (i) for each director nominee proposed by the stockholder, all information relating to such nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act, including such nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected and (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made.


HOUSEHOLDING OF PROXY MATERIALS


SEC rules permit companies and intermediaries such as brokers to satisfy delivery requirements for proxy statements and notices with respect to two or more stockholders sharing the same address by delivering a single proxy statement or a single notice addressed to those stockholders. This process, which is commonly referred to as “householding,” provides cost savings for companies and helps the environment by conserving natural resources. Some brokers household proxy materials, delivering a single proxy statement or notice to multiple stockholders sharing an address unless contrary instructions have been received from the affected stockholders. Once you have received notice from your broker that they will be householding materials to your address, householding will continue until you are notified otherwise or until you revoke your consent. If, at any time, you no longer wish to participate in householding and would prefer to receive a separate proxy statement or notice, or if your household is receiving multiple copies of these documents and you wish to request that future deliveries be limited to a single copy, please notify your broker.

21

OTHER BUSINESS


The Board does not know

Under DGCL and our Bylaws, the only matters that may be acted on at a special meeting of anystockholders are those stated in the Notice of Special Meeting. Accordingly, other than procedural matters relating to be broughtthe proposals, no other business may properly come before the meeting. If other matters are presented,Special Meeting. Should any procedural matter requiring a vote of stockholders arise, it is the intention of the persons named in the proxy holders have discretionary authority to vote all proxies in accordance with their best judgment.


By Order of the Board of Directors,

/s/ Nathan Bryce
Nathan Bryce
General Counsel and Secretary


discretion on such procedural matters.

By Order of the Board of Directors,

/s/ Nathan Bryce

Nathan Bryce

General Counsel and Secretary

We make available, free of charge on our website, all of our filings that are made electronically with the SEC, including Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K. To access these filings, go to our website (www.mdly.com) and click on “SEC Filings”



SEC Filingsunder the “Investors Relations”Investors Relations heading. A copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, including financial statements and schedules thereto, accompanies this Proxy Statement. The Annual Report is not to be regarded as proxy soliciting material or as a communication by means of which any solicitation is to be made. Copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, including financial statements and schedules thereto, filed with the SEC, are also available without charge to stockholders upon written request addressed to:

General Counsel and Secretary


Medley Management Inc.


280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East


New York, New York 10017

22

Annex A

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

In re:

Medley LLC, 1

Debtor.

Chapter 11

Case No. 21-10526

CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF MEDLEY LLC

THIS CHAPTER 11 PLAN IS BEING SOLICITED FOR ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AND WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1126 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. THIS CHAPTER 11 PLAN WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR APPROVAL FOLLOWING SOLICITATION.

Eric J. Monzo (DE Bar No. 5214)

Brya M. Keilson (DE Bar No. 4643)

MORRIS JAMES LLP

500 Delaware Avenue; Suite 1500

Wilmington, DE 19801

Telephone: (302) 888-6800

Facsimile: (302) 571-1750

E-mail: emonzo@morrisjames.com

E-mail: bkeilson@morrisjames.com

Robert M. Hirsh, Esq.

Eric Chafetz, Esq.         

Phillip Khezri, Esq.

LOWENSTEIN SANDLER LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Telephone: (973) 597-2500

Facsimile: (973) 597-2400

E-mail: rhirsh@lowenstein.com

E-mail: echafetz@lowenstein.co

E-mail: pkhezri@lowenstein.com


1 The last four digits of the Debtor’s taxpayer identification number are 7343.  The Debtor’s principal executive office is located at 280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East, New York, New York 10017.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

1

A.

Defined Terms

1

B.

Rules of Interpretation

9

C.

Computation of Time

10

D.

Governing Law

10

E.

Reference to Monetary Figures

10

F.

Reference to the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor

10

G.

Controlling Documents

11

H.

Consultation, Information, Notice, and Consent Rights

11

ARTICLE II.

ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

11

A.

Administrative Claims

11

B.

Professional Claims

12

C.

Priority Tax Claims

13

ARTICLE III.

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

13

A.

Classification of Claims and Interests

13

B.

Treatment of Claims and Interests

14

C.

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims

16

D.

Elimination of Vacant Classes

16

E.

Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes

17

F.

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

17

G.

Controversy Concerning Impairment

17

H.

Subordinated Claims

17

ARTICLE IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

17

A.

General Settlement of Claims and Interests

17

B.

Restructuring Transactions

18

C.

Reorganized Debtor

18

D.

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

19

E.

General Unsecured Claims Pool

19

F.

Rejecting Noteholder Pool

19

G.

Corporate Existence

20

H.

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtor

20

I.

Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements

20

J.

Corporate Action

21

K.

Organizational Documents

21

L.

Indemnification Obligations

22

M.

Managing Member and Officers of the Reorganized Debtor

22

N.

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions

22

O.

Section 1146 Exemption

22

P.

Director and Officer Liability Insurance

23

Q.

Preservation of Causes of Action

23

ARTICLE V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

24

A.

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

24

B.

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases

25

C.

Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

25

D.

Preexisting Obligations to the Debtor Under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

27

E.

Insurance Policies

27

F.

Reservation of Rights

27

G.

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date

27

H.

Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date

27

ARTICLE VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

28

A.

Distributions on Account of Claims Allowed as of the Effective Date

28

B.

Disbursing Agent

28

C.

Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

28

D.

Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions

29

E.

Manner of Payment

30

F.

Section 1145 Exemption

30

G.

Compliance with Tax Requirements

31

H.

Allocations

31

I.

No Postpetition Interest on Claims

31

J.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate

31

K.

Setoffs and Recoupment

31

L.

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties

32

ARTICLE VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

33

A.

Disputed Claims Process

33

B.

Allowance of Claims

33

C.

Claims Administration Responsibilities

33

D.

Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection

34

E.

Disallowance of Claims or Interests

34

F.

No Distributions Pending Allowance

34

G.

Distributions After Allowance

34

H.

No Interest

34

ARTICLE VIII.

SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

35

A.

Discharge of Claims

35

B.

Release of Liens

35

C.

Releases by the Debtor

36

D.

Releases by the Releasing Parties

37

E.

Exculpation

38

F.

Injunction

38

G.

Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment

39

H.

Document Retention

39

I.

Reimbursement or Contribution

39

ARTICLE IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

39

A.

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date

39

B.

Waiver of Conditions

41

C.

Effect of Failure of Conditions

41

D.

Substantial Consummation

41

ARTICLE X.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

41

A.

Modification and Amendments

41

B.

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications

41

C.

Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan

41

ARTICLE XI.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

42

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

44

A.

Immediate Binding Effect

44

B.

Additional Documents

44

C.

Payment of Statutory Fees

44

D.

Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment

45

E.

Reservation of Rights

45

F.

Successors and Assigns

45

G.

Notices

45

H.

Term of Injunctions or Stays

46

I.

Entire Agreement

46

J.

Plan Supplement

46

K.

Nonseverability of Plan Provisions

47

L.

Votes Solicited in Good Faith

47

M.

Closing of Chapter 11 Case

47

N.

Waiver or Estoppel

48

INTRODUCTION

Medley LLC, as debtor and debtor-in-possession (the “Debtor”), and Medley Management, Inc. propose this chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) for the resolution of the outstanding claims against, and equity interests in, the Debtor. Holders of Claims or Interests may refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtor’s history, business, assets, results of operations, historical financial information, risk factors, a summary and analysis of this Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, and certain related matters. The Debtor and Medley Management, Inc. are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

ARTICLE I.
DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND GOVERNING LAW

A.

Defined Terms.

As used in this Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below.

“2024 Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture agreement (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated August 9, 2016, between Medley LLC, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, that governs the 2024 Notes.

“2024 Notes” means the senior unsecured notes with a maturity date of January 20, 2024 issued by Medley LLC pursuant to the 2024 Notes Indenture.

“2026 Notes Indenture” means that certain indenture agreement (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) dated August 9, 2016, between Medley LLC, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, that governs the 2026 Notes.

“2026 Notes” means the senior unsecured notes with a maturity date of August 15, 2026 issued by Medley LLC pursuant to the 2026 Notes Indenture.

“Administrative Claim” means a Claim for costs and expenses of administration of the Chapter 11 Case pursuant to sections 503(b), including section 503(b)(9), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses incurred on or after the Petition Date until and including the Effective Date of preserving the Estate and operating the Debtor’s business (b) Claims for compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4), or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estate pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code.

“Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Allowed” means, as to a Claim or Interest, a Claim or Interest allowed under the Plan, under the Bankruptcy Code, or by a Final Order as applicable.

“Avoidance Actions” means any and all actual or potential avoidance, recovery, subordination, or other Claims, Causes of Action, or remedies that may be brought by or on behalf of the Debtor or its Estate or other authorized parties in interest under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non-bankruptcy law, including, but not limited to, Claims, Causes of Action, or remedies under sections 502, 510, 542, 544, 545, 547 through 553, and 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or under similar local, state, federal, or foreign statutes and common law, including fraudulent transfer laws.

“Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended from time to time.

“Bankruptcy Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware that is presiding over the Chapter 11 Case.

“Bankruptcy Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court, each, as amended from time to time.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ is closed for trading.

“Cash” means cash in legal tender of the United States of America and cash equivalents, including bank deposits, checks, and other similar items.

“Cause of Action” or “Causes of Action” means any claims, interests, damages, remedies, causes of action, demands, rights, actions, suits, obligations, liabilities, accounts, defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, liens, indemnities, guaranties, and franchises of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, assertable, directly or derivatively, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, in contract, tort, law, equity, or otherwise. Causes of Action also include, but are not limited to: (a) all rights of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment and claims under contracts or for breaches of duties imposed by law; (b) the right to object to or otherwise contest Claims or Interests; (c) claims pursuant to sections 362, 510, 542, 543, 544 through 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code; and (d) such claims and defenses as fraud, mistake, duress, and usury, and any other defenses set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Chapter 11 Case” means the case pending for the Debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court.

“Claim” means any claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against the Debtor.

“Claims and Balloting Agent” means Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC, the notice, claims, and solicitation agent proposed to be retained by the Debtor in the Chapter 11 Case.

“Claims Register” means the official register of Claims maintained by the Claims and Balloting Agent.

“Class” means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III of the Plan pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“CM/ECF” means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system.

“Confirmation Date” means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Case, within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.

“Confirmation Hearing” means the hearing to be held by the Bankruptcy Court on Confirmation of the Plan, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(b)(2) and sections 1128 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.

“Confirmation Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Confirmation” means the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Case.

“Constitutional Documents” means certificates of formation, limited liability company agreements, partnership agreements, certificates of incorporation, bylaws, stockholders’ agreements or any similar entity organizational or constitutive document, as applicable.

“Consummation” means the occurrence of the Effective Date.

“Cure” means all amounts, including an amount of $0.00, required to cure any monetary defaults under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (or such lesser amount as may be agreed upon by the parties under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease) that is to be assumed by the Debtor pursuant to sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“D&O Liability Insurance Policies” means all insurance policies of the Debtor, or for the benefit of the Debtor, for directors’, managers’, and officers’ liability existing as of the Petition Date (including any “tail policy”) and all agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto.

“Debtor Release” means the release set forth in Article VIII.C of the Plan.

“Disbursing Agent” means the Reorganized Debtor or the Entity or Entities selected by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, to make or facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan.

“Disclosure Statement” means the disclosure statement for the Plan, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, to be approved by the Confirmation Order.

“Disputed” means, as to a Claim or an Interest, any Claim or Interest: (a) that is not Allowed; (b) that is not disallowed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order, as applicable; (c) as to which a dispute is being adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with non-bankruptcy law; (d) that is Filed in the Bankruptcy Court and not withdrawn, as to which a timely objection or request for estimation has been Filed; and (e) with respect to which a party in interest has Filed a Proof of Claim or otherwise made a written request to a Debtor for payment, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

“Distribution Date” means, except as otherwise set forth herein, the date or dates determined by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, on or after the Effective Date, with the first such date occurring on or as soon as is reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, upon which the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims entitled to receive distributions under the Plan.

“Distribution Record Date” means the record date for purposes of making distributions under the Plan on account of Allowed Claims, which date shall be the first day of the Confirmation Hearing.

“Effective Date” means the date that is the first Business Day on which (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect and (b) all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in Article IX.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of the Plan.

“Entity” has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Estate” means the estate created for the Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. § 78a, et seq., as amended from time to time.

“Exculpated Parties” means collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtor; (b) any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Case and each of their respective members; (c) the Notes Trustee; and (d) with respect to each of the foregoing, such Entity and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entity’s and its current and former Affiliates’ current and former equity holders, subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

“Executory Contract” means a contract to which the Debtor is a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Federal Judgment Rate” means the federal judgment rate in effect as of the Petition Date.

“File,” “Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized designee in the Chapter 11 Case.

“Final Order” means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, or court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the subject matter that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, as entered on the docket in the Chapter 11 Case or the docket of any court of competent jurisdiction, and as to which the time to appeal, or seek certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired and no appeal or petition for certiorari or other proceedings for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken, or as to which any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be timely filed has been withdrawn or resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment was appealed or from which certiorari was sought or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing will have been denied, resulted in no stay pending appeal of such order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed with respect to such order will not preclude such order from being a Final Order.

“General Unsecured Claim” means any Claim other than an Administrative Claim, a Secured Tax Claim, a Secured Claim, a Priority Tax Claim, an Other Priority Claim, or a Notes Claim.

“General Unsecured Claims Pool” means $100,000.00 in Cash.

“Governmental Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Impaired” means with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Insider” has the meaning set forth in section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Intercompany Claim” means any Claim held by the Debtor against another non-Debtor Affiliate.

“Interest” means any equity security (as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code) in the Debtor and any other rights, options, warrants, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights, restricted stock units, redemption rights, repurchase rights, convertible, exercisable or exchangeable Securities or other agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to, or whose value is related to, any such interest or other ownership interest in the Debtor, and any claim against or interest in the Debtor subject to subordination pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code arising from or related to any of the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, Interests shall include all outstanding equity awards (whether vested or unvested) granted pursuant to an equity incentive plan, which shall vest in accordance with the terms of the applicable award documentation, with all unvested restricted stock awards maintaining their applicable vesting schedule as of the Effective Date.

“Judicial Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001, as amended from time to time.

“Lien” has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Managing Member” means Medley Management, the managing member of the Debtor, as of the first date of the Confirmation Hearing. If the identity of the Managing Member is intended to change as of the Effective Date, the new Managing Member shall be identified in the Plan Supplement.

“MDLY Stock” means the Class A common stock of Medley Management to be authorized by Medley Management prior to the Effective Date and issued in accordance with the Plan.

“Medley Management” means Medley Management, Inc.

“Notes Claims” means, collectively, all claims derived from or based upon the Notes or the Notes Indentures, including in each case claims for all principal amounts outstanding, interest, expenses, costs, and other charges arising thereunder or related thereto.

“Notes Indentures” means, collectively, the 2024 Notes Indenture and the 2026 Notes Indenture.

“Notes Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee under the Notes Indentures.

“Notes” means, collectively, the 2024 Notes and the 2026 Notes.

“Organizational Documents” means the Constitutional Documents for the Debtor, including articles of incorporation, bylaws, stockholders’ agreements, and the identity of the board of directors, board of managers, or similar governing body, this Plan, and section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code (as applicable, and shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Debtor).

“Other Priority Claim” means any Claim, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Person” has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Petition Date” means the date the Debtor commenced the Chapter 11 Case.

“Plan Distribution” means a payment or distribution to holders of Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, or other eligible Entities under this Plan.

“Plan Objection Deadline” means the date the Bankruptcy Court establishes as the deadline to File an objection to Confirmation of the Plan.

“Plan Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, agreements, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan (in each case, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) to be Filed prior to the Confirmation Hearing, and any additional documents Filed prior to the Effective Date as amendments to the Plan Supplement, including, but not limited to, the following, as applicable,: (a) the Organizational Documents; (b) the identity of the Managing Member; (c) the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule; and (d) the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action. The Debtor shall have the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the documents contained in the Plan Supplement through the Effective Date in accordance with this Plan.

“Priority Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit (as defined in section 101(27) the Bankruptcy Code) of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Pro Rata” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class, unless otherwise indicated.

“Professional” means an Entity: (a) employed pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or on the Confirmation Date, pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, and 363 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Professional Amount” means the aggregate amount of Professional Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses that the Professionals estimate they have incurred, or will incur, in rendering services to the Debtor as set forth in Article II.C of the Plan.

“Professional Claim” means a Claim by a professional seeking an award by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Confirmation Date under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4), or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Professional Escrow Account” means an interest-bearing account funded by the Debtor with Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the Professional Amount.

“Promissory Note” means the $1,000,000.00 promissory note issued by certain members of the management team of Medley Management to the Debtor, a copy of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

“Proof of Claim” means a proof of Claim Filed against the Debtor in the Chapter 11 Case.

“Reinstate,” “Reinstated,” or “Reinstatement” means with respect to Claims and Interests, that the Claim or Interest shall not be discharged hereunder and the holder’s legal, equitable, and contractual rights on account of such Claim or Interest shall remain unaltered by Consummation in accordance with section 1124(1) of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule” means the schedule of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtor pursuant to the Plan, which schedule shall be included in the Plan Supplement, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

“Rejecting Noteholder Pool” means $100,000.00 in Cash.

“Released Claims” means any Claims or Interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation pursuant to this Plan.

“Released Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and the Notes Trustee, and each such Entity’s current and former Affiliates and subsidiaries, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals.

“Releasing Parties” means, collectively, (a) the Notes Trustee; (b) all holders of Claims or Interests that vote to accept or are deemed to accept the Plan; (c) all holders of Claims or Interests that abstain from voting on the Plan and who do not affirmatively opt out of the releases provided by the Plan by checking the box on the applicable ballot indicating that they opt not to grant the releases provided in the Plan; (d) all holders of Claims or Interests that vote to reject the Plan or are deemed to reject the Plan and who do not affirmatively opt out of the releases provided by the Plan by checking the box on the applicable ballot indicating that they opt not to grant the releases provided in the Plan; (e) each current and former Affiliate of each Entity in clause (a) through (d); and (f) with respect to the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and each of the foregoing Entities in clauses (a) through (e), such Entity and its current and former Affiliates and subsidiaries, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such collectively.

“Reorganized Debtor” means collectively, the Debtor, or any successor or assign thereto, by merger, consolidation, or otherwise, on and after the Effective Date, including any new entity established in connection with the implementation of the Restructuring Transactions.

“Restructuring Transactions” means any transaction and any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect a corporate restructuring of the Debtor’s and the Reorganized Debtor’s, as applicable, respective business or a corporate restructuring of the overall corporate structure of the Debtor on the terms set forth in the Plan, including the issuance of all Securities, notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Plan, one or more inter-company mergers, consolidations, amalgamations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, conversions, dissolutions, transfers, liquidations, or other corporate transactions, as described in Article IV.B of the Plan.

“Schedule of Retained Causes of Action” means the schedule of certain Causes of Action of the Debtor that are not released, waived, or transferred pursuant to the Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

“Secured Claim” means a Claim: (a) secured by a valid, perfected, and enforceable Lien on collateral to the extent of the value of such collateral, as determined in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) subject to a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, or any similar federal, state, or local law, as now in effect or hereafter amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Security” means any security, as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

“Strategic” means Strategic Capital Advisory Services, LLC.

“Strategic Claim” means the Claim held by Strategic pursuant to that certain letter agreement, dated as of December 31, 2018, by and between the Debtor and Strategic.

“Third-Party Release” means the releases set forth in Article VIII.D of the Plan.

“Unexpired Lease” means a lease to which the Debtor is a party that is subject to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Unimpaired” means with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

“Unsecured Claim” means any Claim that is not a Secured Claim.

B.

Rules of Interpretation.

For purposes of this Plan: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to a contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that the referenced document shall be substantially in that form, or substantially on those terms and conditions; (3) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter be amended, modified, or supplemented; (4) any reference to an Entity as a holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and assigns; (5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles hereof or hereto; (6) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (7) unless otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (8) subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate of incorporation, by-law, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules; (9) captions and headings to Articles are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of, or to affect the interpretation of the, Plan; (10) unless otherwise specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (11) any term used in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (12) all references to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Case are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s CM/ECF system; (13) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall, mean as amended from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Case, unless otherwise stated; (14) the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (15) references to “Proofs of Claim,” “holders of Claims,” “Disputed Claims,” and the like shall include “Proofs of Interest,” “holders of Interests,” “Disputed Interests,” and the like, as applicable; (16) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by the Reorganized Debtor in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; and (17) all references herein to consent, acceptance, or approval may be conveyed by counsel for the respective parties that have such consent, acceptance, or approval rights, including by electronic mail.

C.

Computation of Time.

Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date may be taken on, or as soon as reasonably practicable after, the Effective Date.

D.

Governing Law.

Unless a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) or unless otherwise specifically stated, the laws of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws (other than 6 Del.C. § 2708), shall govern the rights, obligations, construction, and implementation of the Plan, any agreements, documents, instruments, or contracts executed or entered into in connection with the Plan (except as otherwise set forth in those agreements, in which case the governing law of such agreement shall control), and corporate governance matters.

E.

Reference to Monetary Figures.

All references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

F.

Reference to the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor shall mean the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.

G.

Controlling Documents.

In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects. In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant provision in the Plan Supplement shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or in the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency between the Confirmation Order and the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall control.

H.

Consultation, Information, Notice, and Consent Rights.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all exhibits to the Plan, and the Plan Supplement, including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such agreements and documents, and any consents, waivers, or other deviations under or from any such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference (including to the applicable definitions in Article I.A hereof) and fully enforceable as if stated in full herein.

ARTICLE II.
ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS AND PRIORITY CLAIMS

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article III hereof.

A.

Administrative Claims.

Unless otherwise agreed to by the holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than holders of Professional Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (1) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which an order allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtor in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time, and upon such terms, as may be agreed upon by such holder and the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable; or (5) at such time, and upon such terms, as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

B.

Professional Claims.

1.

Final Fee Applications and Payment of Professional Claims.

All requests for payment of Professional Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the Confirmation Date must be Filed no later than 45 days after the Effective Date. The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the Allowed amounts of such Professional Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtor shall pay Professional Claims in Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court allows, including from the Professional Escrow Account, which the Reorganized Debtor will establish in trust for the Professionals and fund with Cash equal to the Professional Amount on the Effective Date.

2.

Professional Escrow Account.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall establish and fund the Professional Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional Amount, which shall be funded by the Reorganized Debtor. The Professional Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Estate of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor. The amount of Allowed Professional Claims shall be paid in Cash to the Professionals by the Reorganized Debtor from the Professional Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such Professional Claims are Allowed. When such Allowed Professional Claims have been paid in full, any remaining amount in the Professional Escrow Account shall promptly be paid to the Reorganized Debtor without any further action or order of the Bankruptcy Court.

3.

Professional Amount.

Professionals shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Professional Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services to the Debtor before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtor no later than five days before the Effective Date; provided that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are the subject of each Professional’s final request for payment in the Chapter 11 Case. If a Professional does not provide an estimate, the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.

4.

Post-Confirmation Fees and Expenses.

Except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, from and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtor shall, in the ordinary course of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the reasonable and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses related to implementation of the Plan and Consummation incurred by the Debtor. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtor may employ and pay any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to, or action, order, or approval of, the Bankruptcy Court.

C.

Priority Tax Claims.

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

ARTICLE III.
CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

A.

Classification of Claims and Interests.

Except for the Claims addressed in Article II hereof, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below in accordance with sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest, or any portion thereof, is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that any portion of such Claim or Interest fits within the description of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest fits within the description of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Interest in that Class and has not been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.

The classification of Claims and Interests against the Debtor pursuant to the Plan is as follows:

Class

Claims and Interests

Status

Voting Rights

Class 1

Secured Claims

Unimpaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)

Class 2

Other Priority Claims

Unimpaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)

Class 3

Notes Claims

Impaired

Entitled to Vote

Class 4

Strategic Claim

Impaired

Entitled to Vote

Class 5

General Unsecured Claims

Impaired

Entitled to Vote

Class 6

Intercompany Claims

Unimpaired / Impaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept or Deemed to Reject)

Class 7

Interests

Unimpaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)

B.

Treatment of Claims and Interests.

Each holder of an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive under the Plan the treatment described below in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for such holder’s Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest, except to the extent different treatment is agreed to by the Reorganized Debtor and the holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the holder of an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive such treatment on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

1.

Class 1 – Secured Claims

(a)

Classification: Class 1 consists of all Secured Claims.

(b)

Treatment: Each holder of an Allowed Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the Debtor and in its sole discretion:

(i)

payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Secured Claim;

(ii)

the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim;

(iii)

Reinstatement of its Allowed Secured Claim; or

(iv)

such other treatment rendering its Allowed Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

(c)

Voting: Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Secured Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

2.

Class 2 – Other Priority Claims

(a)

Classification: Class 2 consists of all Other Priority Claims.

(b)

Treatment: Each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive treatment in a manner consistent with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

(c)

Voting: Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Other Priority Claims are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

3.

Class 3 – Notes Claims

(a)

Classification: Class 3 consists of all Notes Claims.

(b)

Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Notes Claims shall be Allowed in full, including accrued and unpaid interest, fees, costs, and expenses plus any and all other amounts owed under Notes Indentures.

(c)

Treatment: On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall receive:

(i)

If such holder votes to accept the Plan: 0.600 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder;

(ii)

If such holder does not take any action and does not vote on the Plan: 0.450 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder; or

(iii)

If such holder elects to Opt-Out of the Third Party Release contained in Article VIII of the Plan and/or votes to reject the Plan, the lesser of: (x) 0.134 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder; or (y) a pro rata share of the Rejecting Noteholder Pool.

(d)

Voting: Class 3 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Notes Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

4.

Class 4 – Strategic Claim

(a)

Classification: Class 4 consists of the Strategic Claim.

(b)

Allowance: On the Effective Date, the Strategic Claim shall be Allowed in full, in the aggregate amount of $7,700,000.

(c)

Treatment: The holder of the Allowed Strategic Claim shall receive: (i) 218,182 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock; (ii) $350,000 in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter; and (iii) a secured promissory note, the form of which will be negotiated between the parties prior to the Confirmation Hearing, which provides for 10 consecutive quarterly payments of $225,000 in Cash, commencing on the last Business Day of the first full calendar quarter following the Effective Date.

(d)

Voting: Class 4 is Impaired under the Plan. The holder of the Strategic Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

5.

Class 5 – General Unsecured Claims

(a)

Classification: Class 5 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

(b)

Treatment: Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, at the option of the Debtor:

(i)

the lesser of: the amount of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim in Cash; or its pro rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Pool; or

(ii)

Reinstatement.

(c)

Voting: Class 5 is Impaired under the Plan. The holders of Class 5 Claims are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

6.

Class 6 – Intercompany Claims

(a)

Classification: Class 6 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

(b)

Treatment: Each Allowed Intercompany Claim shall be, at the option of the Debtor, either:

(i)

Reinstated; or

(ii)

canceled, released, and extinguished, and without any distribution, at the Debtor’s election and in its sole discretion.

(c)

Voting: Class 6 is conclusively deemed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code or rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Class 6 is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

7.

Class 7 – Interests

(a)

Classification: Class 7 consists of all Interests.

(b)

Treatment: Each holder of an Interest shall retain such Interest.

(c)

Voting: Holders of Interests are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

C.

Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.

Except as otherwise provided for in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtor’s or the Reorganized Debtor’s, as applicable, rights regarding any Unimpaired Claim, including, all rights regarding legal and equitable defenses to, or setoffs or recoupments against, any such Unimpaired Claim.

D.

Elimination of Vacant Classes.

Any Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

E.

Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes.

If a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote and no holders of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

F.

Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by one or more of the Classes entitled to vote pursuant to Article III.B of the Plan. The Debtor reserves the right to modify the Plan in accordance with Article X hereof to the extent that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests to render such Class of Claims or Interests Unimpaired.

G.

Controversy Concerning Impairment.

If a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.

H.

Subordinated Claims.

The allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective distributions and treatments under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, reserves the right to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV.
MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PLAN

A.

General Settlement of Claims and Interests.

As discussed in detail in the Disclosure Statement, and as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided for under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan, including (1) any challenge to the amount, validity, perfection, enforceability, priority or extent of the Notes Claims and (2) any claim to avoid, subordinate, or disallow any Notes Claims, whether under any provision of chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, on any equitable theory (including equitable subordination, equitable disallowance, or unjust enrichment) or otherwise. The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good faith compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of such compromise and settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such settlement and compromise is fair, equitable, reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtor and its Estate. Subject to Article VI hereof, all distributions made to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

B.

Restructuring Transactions.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall enter into, and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the Restructuring Transactions. The actions to implement the Restructuring Transactions may include: (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, formation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall, and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan.

C.

Reorganized Debtor.

On the Effective Date, the Managing Member shall remain unaffected, and the Reorganized Debtor shall adopt the Organizational Documents (subject to any technical modification necessary). The Reorganized Debtor shall be authorized to adopt any other agreements, documents, and instruments and to take any other actions contemplated under the Plan as necessary to consummate the Plan. Cash payments to be made pursuant to the Plan will be made by the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. The Debtor and Reorganized Debtor will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, to satisfy their obligations under the Plan. Except as set forth herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtor’s historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.

From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor, subject to any applicable limitations set forth in any post-Effective Date agreement, shall have the right and authority without further order of the Bankruptcy Court to raise additional capital and obtain additional financing, subject to the Organizational Documents, as the Managing Member deems appropriate.

D.

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.

The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall fund distributions under the Plan with:

(1) Cash on hand, including Cash from operations; (2) the Promissory Note; (3) the issuance of MDLY Stock; (4) the General Unsecured Claims Pool; and (5) the Rejecting Noteholder Pool.

1.

Promissory Note.

On the Effective Date, certain members of the management team of Medley Management will issue the Debtor a $1,000,000.00 promissory note, a copy of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

2.

Issuance of MDLY Stock.

The issuance of the MDLY Stock shall be authorized by Medley Management prior to the Effective date, without the need for any further corporate action on behalf of the Debtor and without any further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. Medley Management shall be authorized to issue the number of shares of MDLY Stock required to be issued under the Plan.

All of the shares of MDLY Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to Article VI hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

E.

General Unsecured Claims Pool.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall establish the General Unsecured Claims Pool with Cash in an amount equal to $100,000. The General Unsecured Claims Pool shall be maintained in trust solely for holders of General Unsecured Claims. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor; provided that any funds remaining in the General Unsecured Claims Pool after all General Unsecured Claims Distributions have been made shall be distributed to and vest in the Reorganized Debtor.

F.

Rejecting Noteholder Pool.

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall establish the Rejecting Noteholder Pool with Cash in an amount equal to $100,000. The Rejecting Noteholder Pool shall be maintained in trust solely for holders of Notes Claims that Opt-Out of the Third Party Release contained in Article VIII of the Plan and/or vote to reject the Plan. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor; provided that any funds remaining in the Rejecting Noteholder Pool after all Distributions have been made shall be distributed to and vest in the Reorganized Debtor.

G.

Corporate Existence.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement, the Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which the Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be amended pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state, provincial, or federal law). After the Effective Date, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) of the Reorganized Debtor may be amended or modified on the terms therein without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may be disposed of, dissolved, wound down, or liquidated without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

H.

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtor.

Except as otherwise provided in the Confirmation Order, the Plan, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in, or entered into in connection with or pursuant to, the Plan or Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, all property in the Estate, all Causes of Action, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and any property acquired by the Debtor pursuant to the Plan shall vest in the Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court, and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

I.

Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.

On the Effective Date, except with respect to the Promissory Note, and except to the extent otherwise provided in the Plan, all notes, instruments, certificates, credit agreements, indentures, and other documents evidencing Claims, but not Interests, which are unimpaired, shall be deemed cancelled and the obligations of the Debtor thereunder, or in any way related thereto, shall be deemed satisfied in full, cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect. Holders of, or parties to such cancelled instruments, Securities, and other documentation will have no rights arising from, or relating to, such instruments, Securities, and other documentation, or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided for pursuant to this Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but subject to any applicable provisions of Article VI hereof, the Notes Indentures shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to: (1) permit holders of Claims under the Notes Indentures to receive their respective distributions pursuant to this Plan; (2) permit the Reorganized Debtor and the Disbursing Agent, as applicable, to make distribution on account of the Allowed Claims under the Notes Indentures; and (3) permit the Notes Trustee to seek compensation and/or reimbursement of fees and expenses in accordance with the terms of this Plan. Except as provided in this Plan (including Article VI hereof), on the Effective Date, the Notes Trustee, and its respective agents, successors, and assigns, shall be automatically and fully discharged of all of their duties and obligations associated with the Notes Indentures. The commitments and obligations (if any) of the holders of the Notes to extend any further or future credit or financial accommodations to the Debtor, any of its subsidiaries or successors or assigns under the Notes Indentures, shall fully terminate and be of no further force or effect on the Effective Date.

J.

Corporate Action.

Upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including: (1) selection of the directors and officers for the Reorganized Debtor; (2) the issuance and distribution of the MDLY Stock; (3) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; (4) the Promissory Note, if necessary; (5) all other actions contemplated under the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date); (6) adoption of the Organizational Documents; (7) the rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; and (8) all other acts or actions contemplated or reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, and any corporate, partnership, limited liability company, or other governance action required by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the Security holders, members, directors, or officers of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute, and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of, and on behalf of ,the Reorganized Debtor, including the MDLY Stock, the Organizational Documents, the Promissory Note, and any and all other agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated by this Article IV.I shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy law.

K.

Organizational Documents.

On or immediately prior to the Effective Date, the Organizational Documents shall be automatically adopted by the Reorganized Debtor. To the extent required under the Plan or applicable non-bankruptcy law, the Reorganized Debtor will file its Organizational Documents with the applicable Secretary of State and/or other applicable authorities in its respective state or country of organization if and to the extent required in accordance with the applicable laws of the respective state or country of organization. The Organizational Documents will prohibit the issuance of non-voting equity Securities, to the extent required under section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may amend and restate its respective Organizational Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, and the Reorganized Debtor may file such amended certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable formation documents, and other constituent documents as permitted by the laws of the respective states, provinces, or countries of incorporation and the Organizational Documents.

L.

Indemnification Obligations.

All indemnification provisions currently in place (whether in the by-laws, certificates of incorporation or formation, limited liability company agreements, other organizational documents, board resolutions, indemnification agreements, employment contracts, or otherwise) as of the Petition Date for the current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtor, as applicable, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be reinstated and remain intact, irrevocable, and shall survive the Effective Date on terms no less favorable to such current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtor than the indemnification provisions in place prior to the Effective Date.

M.

Managing Member and Officers of the Reorganized Debtor.

Unless otherwise specified in the Plan Supplement, as of the Effective Date, the term of the current Managing Member of the Debtor shall remain unaffected. To the extent known, the identity of any new Managing Member will be disclosed in the Plan Supplement or prior to the Confirmation Hearing, consistent with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Managing Member and each officer of the Reorganized Debtor shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the Organizational Documents and other constituent documents.

N.

Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor, and its respective officers, directors, members, or managers (as applicable), are authorized to, and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments, releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement, and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Securities issued pursuant to the Plan on behalf of the Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.

O.

Section 1146 Exemption.

To the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from the Debtor to the Reorganized Debtor or to any other Person or Entity) of property under the Plan or pursuant to: (1) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange of any debt, equity Security, or other interest in the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor; (2) the Restructuring Transactions; (3) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination, refinancing, and/or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness by such or other means; (4) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (5) the Promissory Note; or (6) the making, delivery, or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, personal property transfer tax, sales or use tax, mortgage recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers (or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with the requirements of section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment, and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such tax or governmental assessment.

P.

Director and Officer Liability Insurance.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtor shall be deemed to have assumed all of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies covering the Debtor pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code effective as of the Effective Date. Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtor’s foregoing assumption of each of the unexpired D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Debtor under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be filed.

In addition, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall not terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any D&O Liability Insurance Policies (including any “tail policy”) in effect on or after the Petition Date, with respect to conduct occurring prior thereto, and all directors and officers of the Debtor who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date shall be entitled to the full benefits of any such policy for the full term of such policy, to the extent set forth therein, regardless of whether such directors and officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date.

Q.

Preservation of Causes of Action.

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII hereof, the Reorganized Debtor, shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action of the Debtor, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtor’s rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action explicitly released by the Debtor pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII hereof, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor as of the Effective Date.

The Reorganized Debtor may pursue such retained Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtor. No Entity (other than the Released Parties) may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtor against it. The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII hereof. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtor against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtor expressly preserves all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation of the Plan.

The Reorganized Debtor reserves and shall retain such Causes of Action of the Debtor notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Case or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that the Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtor, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII hereof. The Reorganized Debtor, through its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtor shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

ARTICLE V.
TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

A.

Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in Article V.H.1 and elsewhere herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases not otherwise assumed or rejected will be deemed assumed by the Reorganized Debtor in accordance with the provisions and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than those that are: (1) identified on the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule; (2) previously expired or terminated pursuant to their own terms; (3) have been previously assumed or rejected by the Debtor pursuant to a Final Order; (4) are the subject of a motion to reject that is pending on the Effective Date; or (5) have an ordered or requested effective date of rejection that is after the Effective Date.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the assumptions, assumptions and assignments, or rejections of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan or the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, assumptions or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to the Plan are effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan or by Bankruptcy Court order, but not assigned to a third party before the Effective Date shall re-vest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by the provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption. Any motions to assume Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by a Final Order on or after the Effective Date, but may be withdrawn, settled, or otherwise prosecuted by the Reorganized Debtor.

To the maximum extent permitted by law, and to the extent any provision in any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed, or assumed and assigned pursuant to the Plan, restricts or prevents, or purports to restrict or prevent, or is breached or deemed breached by, the assumption or assumption and assignment of such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease (including any “change of control” provision), then such provision shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not entitle the non-Debtor party thereto to terminate such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, or to exercise any other default-related rights with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Schedule at any time up to forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date.

B.

Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

Unless otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within thirty (30) days after the later of (1) the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such rejection, (2) the effective date of such rejection, or (3) the Effective Date. Any Claims arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, the Estate, or their property, as applicable, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtor or further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Proof of Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtor’s Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with Article III.B.5 of this Plan.

C.

Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

No later than seven (7) calendar days before the Confirmation Hearing, the Debtor shall provide notices of proposed Cure amounts to the counterparties to the assumed Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, which shall include a description of the procedures for objecting to the proposed Cure amounts or the Reorganized Debtor’s ability to provide “adequate assurance of future performance thereunder” (within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code). Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties in the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, any objection by a counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to a proposed assumption or related Cure amount must be Filed, served, and actually received by the counsel to the Debtor no later than the date and time specified in the notice. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that fails to object timely to the proposed assumption or Cure amount will be deemed to have assented to such assumption or Cure amount.

Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure that differ from the amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, to a counterparty must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before fourteen (14) days after the Debtor provide such counterparty with a notice of the proposed Cure amount with respect to the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. Any such request that is not timely filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtor or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, of the Cure; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized Debtor from paying any Cure despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to file such request for payment of such Cure amount. The Reorganized Debtor also may settle any Cure without any further notice to, or action, order, or approval of, the Bankruptcy Court.

The Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall pay the Cure amounts, if any, on the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, or on such other terms as the parties to such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases may agree. If there is any dispute regarding any Cure, the ability of the Reorganized Debtor or any assignee to provide “adequate assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining to assumption, then payment of the applicable Cure amount shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease.

Assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in control or ownership interest composition or any bankruptcy-related defaults, arising at any time prior to the effective date of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the Chapter 11 Case, including pursuant to the Confirmation Order, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the later of (1) the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such assumption, (2) the effective date of such assumption, or (3) the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto, or any further notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

D.

Preexisting Obligations to the Debtor Under Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

Rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall not constitute a termination of preexisting obligations owed to the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, under such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases. In particular, notwithstanding any non-bankruptcy law to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtor expressly reserves, and does not waive, any right to receive, or any continuing obligation of a counterparty to provide, warranties or continued maintenance obligations with respect to goods previously purchased by the Debtor pursuant to rejected Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.

E.

Insurance Policies.

Each of the Debtor’s insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtor shall be deemed to have assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments relating to coverage of all insured Claims and (2) such insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto shall revest in the Reorganized Debtor.

F.

Reservation of Rights.

Nothing contained in the Plan or the Plan Supplement shall constitute an admission by the Debtor or any other party that any contract or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall have forty-five (45) days following entry of a Final Order resolving such dispute to alter its treatment of such contract or lease.

G.

Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.

In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.

H.

Contracts and Leases Entered Into After the Petition Date.

Contracts and leases entered into after the Petition Date by the Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed by the Debtor, will be performed by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, in the ordinary course of its business. Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.

ARTICLE VI.
PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS

A.

Distributions on Account of Claims Allowed as of the Effective Date.

Except as otherwise provided herein, in a Final Order, or as otherwise agreed to by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, and the holder of the applicable Allowed Claim on the first Distribution Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall make initial distributions under the Plan on account of Claims Allowed on or before the Effective Date, subject to the Reorganized Debtor’s right to object to Claims; provided that (1) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the Debtor in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Case, or assumed by the Debtor prior to the Effective Date shall be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements, course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice, (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article II.D of the Plan, and (3) Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall be paid in accordance with Article III.B.4 of the Plan. To the extent any Allowed Priority Tax Claim is not due and owing on the Effective Date, such Claim shall be paid in full in Cash in accordance with the terms of any agreement between the Debtor and the holder of such Claim, or as may be due and payable under applicable non-bankruptcy law, or in the ordinary course of business.

B.

Disbursing Agent.

All distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Reorganized Debtor and/or the Disbursing Agent. The Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. Additionally, in the event that the Disbursing Agent is so otherwise ordered, all costs and expenses of procuring any such bond or surety shall be borne entirely by the Reorganized Debtor.

C.

Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.

1.

Powers of the Disbursing Agent.

The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.

2.

Expenses Incurred On or After the Effective Date.

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent on or after the Effective Date (including taxes), and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement claims (including reasonable attorney fees and expenses), made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtor.

D.

Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.

1.

Record Date for Distribution.

On the Distribution Record Date, the Claims Register shall be closed and any party responsible for making distributions shall instead be authorized and entitled to recognize only those record holders listed on the Claims Register as of the close of business on the Distribution Record Date.If a Claim, other than one based on a publicly traded Security, is transferred twenty (20) or fewer days before the Distribution Record Date, the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to the transferee only to the extent practical and, in any event, only if the relevant transfer form contains an unconditional and explicit certification and waiver of any objection to the transfer by the transferor.

2.

Delivery of Distributions in General.

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) as of the Distribution Record Date at the address for each such holder as indicated in the Debtor’s records as of the date of any such distribution; provided that the manner of such distributions shall be determined at the discretion of the Reorganized Debtor.

3.

Minimum Distributions.

No fractional shares of MDLY Stock shall be distributed and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional amounts. When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of MDLY Stock that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of MDLY Stock shall be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of one-half (½) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number, and (b) fractions of less than one-half (½) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with no further payment therefor. The total number of authorized shares of MDLY Stock to be distributed to holders of Allowed Claims hereunder shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.

The Reorganized Debtor and/or the Disbursing Agent shall not have any obligation to make a distribution that is less than ten (10) shares of MDLY Stock, or $100.00 in Cash. Fractional shares of MDLY Stock that are not distributed in accordance with this section shall be returned to, and ownership thereof shall vest in Medley Management. Cash that is not distributed in accordance with this section shall be returned to, and ownership thereof shall vest in, the Reorganized Debtor.

4.

Undeliverable Distributions and Unclaimed Property.

In the event that any distribution to any holder of an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest (as applicable) is returned as undeliverable, no distribution to such holder shall be made unless, and until, the Disbursing Agent has determined that the then-current address of such holder, at which time such distribution shall be made to such holder without interest; provided that such distributions shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code at the expiration of 90 days from the original issuance of such distribution. After such date, all unclaimed property or interests in property shall revert to the Reorganized Debtor automatically and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy Court (notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial or state escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary), and the Claim of any holder of Claims and Interests to such property or Interest in property shall be discharged and forever barred.

5.

Surrender of Canceled Instruments or Securities.

On the Effective Date, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each holder of a certificate or instrument evidencing a Claim, but not an Interest, shall be deemed to have surrendered such certificate or instrument to the Disbursing Agent. Such surrendered certificate or instrument shall be cancelled solely with respect to the Debtor, and such cancellation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis one another with respect to such certificate or instrument, including with respect to any indenture or agreement that governs the rights of the holder of a Claim, which shall continue in effect for purposes of allowing holders to receive distributions under the Plan, charging liens, priority of payment, and indemnification rights. For the avoidance of doubt, this section shall not affect the Promissory Note.

E.

Manner of Payment.

1.         All distributions of the MDLY Stock to the holders of the applicable Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.

2.         All distributions of Cash to the holders of the applicable Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable.

3.         At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check, wire transfer, or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.

F.

Section 1145 Exemption.

Pursuant to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offering, issuance, and distribution of the MDLY Stock, as contemplated by Article III.B hereof, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5 of the Securities Act and any other applicable law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale of Securities. In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, such MDLY Stock will be freely tradable in the U.S. by the recipients thereof subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any future transfer of such Securities or instruments.

G.

Compliance with Tax Requirements.

In connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Disbursing Agent, and any applicable withholding agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, such parties shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Debtor and Reorganized Debtor reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony, child support, and similar spousal awards, Liens, and encumbrances. Failure by any holder of an Allowed Claim to provide the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, any requested documentation for tax purposes, including, but not limited to, W-9 forms, upon no less than sixty (60) days’ notice by the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall result in the discharge of such Allowed Claim, which shall be forever barred without further order of the Bankruptcy Court.

H.

Allocations.

Distributions in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any portion of such Claims for accrued but unpaid interest.

I.

No Postpetition Interest on Claims.

Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on account of any prepetition Claims, and no holder of a Claim shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on such Claim.

J.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate.

Except as otherwise provided in a Bankruptcy Court Final Order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the Effective Date.

K.

Setoffs and Recoupment.

Except as expressly provided in this Plan, the Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, set off and/or recoup against any Plan Distributions to be made on account of any Allowed Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that the Reorganized Debtor may hold against the holder of such Allowed Claim to the extent such setoff or recoupment is either (1) agreed in amount among the Reorganized Debtor and the holder of the Allowed Claim, or (2) otherwise adjudicated by the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction; provided that neither the failure to effectuate a setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Reorganized Debtor or its successor of any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that the Reorganized Debtor or its successor may possess against the applicable holder. In no event shall any holder of a Claim be entitled to recoup such Claim against any claim, right, or Cause of Action of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, unless such holder actually has performed such recoupment and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtor in accordance with Article XII.G hereof on or before the Effective Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of recoupment.

L.

Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.

1.

Claims Paid by Third Parties.

The Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a holder of a Claim receives a distribution on account of such Claim, and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim, such holder shall, within fourteen (14) days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the Reorganized Debtor, to the extent the holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party, and under the Plan exceeds the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such holder to timely repay or return such distribution shall result in the holder owing the Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the fourteen (14) day grace period specified above, until the amount is repaid.

2.

Claims Payable by Third Parties.

No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtor’s insurance policies until the holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To the extent that one or more of the Debtor’s insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part, a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated to a Final Order by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion of such Claim may be expunged without a Claim objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

3.

Applicability of Insurance Policies.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute, or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action, that the Debtor or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything contained herein constitute, or be deemed a waiver by, such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such insurers.

ARTICLE VII.
PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT, UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS

A.

Disputed Claims Process.

There is no requirement to file a Proof of Claim (or move the Bankruptcy Court for allowance) to have a Claim Allowed for the purposes of the Plan, except as provided in Article V.B of the Plan. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, all Allowed Claims shall be satisfied in the ordinary course of business of the Reorganized Debtor. The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall have the exclusive authority to (i) determine, without the need for notice to, or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, that a claim subject to any Proof of Claim that is Filed is Allowed, and (ii) file, settle, compromise, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any objections to Claims as permitted under this Plan. If the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, dispute any Claim, such dispute shall be determined, resolved, or adjudicated, as the case may be, in the manner as if the Chapter 11 Case had not been commenced and shall survive the Effective Date as if the Chapter 11 Case had not been commenced; provided that the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor may elect, at their sole option, to object to any Claim (other than Claims expressly Allowed by this Plan) and to have the validity ,or amount of, any Claim adjudicated by the Bankruptcy Court; provided further that holders of Claims may elect to resolve the validity or amount of any Claim in the Bankruptcy Court. If a holder makes such an election, the Bankruptcy Court shall apply the law that would have governed the dispute if the Chapter 11 Case had not been filed. All Proofs of Claim Filed in the Chapter 11 Case shall be considered objected to and Disputed without further action by the Debtor. Except as otherwise provided herein, all Proofs of Claim Filed after the Effective Date shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtor or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

B.

Allowance of Claims.

After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses the Debtor had with respect to any Claim or Interest immediately prior to the Effective Date. The Debtor may affirmatively determine to deem Unimpaired Claims Allowed to the same extent such Claims would be allowed under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

C.

Claims Administration Responsibilities.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall have the sole authority: (1) to File, withdraw, or litigate to judgment, objections to Claims or Interests; (2) to settle or compromise any Disputed Claim without any further notice to, or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (3) to administer and adjust the Claims Register to reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to, or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided herein, from and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses such Debtor had immediately prior to the Effective Date with respect to any Disputed Claim or Interest, including the Causes of Action retained pursuant to Article IV.R of the Plan.

D.

Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection.

Any duplicate Claim or Interest or any Claim or Interest that has been paid, satisfied, amended, or superseded may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims Register by the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, without the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor having to File an application, motion, complaint, objection, or any other legal proceeding seeking to object to such Claim or Interest and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

E.

Disallowance of Claims or Interests.

All Claims and Interests of any Entity from which property is sought by the Debtor under sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor allege is a transferee of a transfer that is avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be disallowed if: (a) the Entity, on the one hand, and the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, on the other hand, agree or the Bankruptcy Court has determined by Final Order that such Entity or transferee is liable to turn over any property or monies under any of the aforementioned sections of the Bankruptcy Code; and (b) such Entity or transferee has failed to turn over such property by the date set forth in such agreement or Final Order.

F.

No Distributions Pending Allowance.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if any portion of a Claim or Interest is a Disputed Claim or Interest, as applicable, no payment or distribution provided hereunder shall be made on account of such Claim or Interest unless and until such Disputed Claim or Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest; provided that if only the Allowed amount of an otherwise valid Claim or Interest is Disputed, such Claim or Interest shall be deemed Allowed in the amount not Disputed and payment or distribution shall be made on account of such undisputed amount.

G.

Distributions After Allowance.

To the extent that a Disputed Claim or Interest ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest, distributions (if any) shall only be made to the holder of such Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the next Distribution Date after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed Claim or Interest becomes a Final Order, the Disbursing Agent shall provide to the holder of such Claim or Interest the distribution (if any) to which such holder is entitled under the Plan as of the Effective Date, without any interest to be paid on account of such Claim or Interest.

H.

No Interest.

Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, or by order of the Bankruptcy Court, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on Claims, and no holder of a Claim shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on any Claim or right. Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing, interest shall not accrue, or be paid on any Disputed Claim with respect to the period from the Effective Date to the date a final distribution is made on account of such Disputed Claim, if and when such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.

ARTICLE VIII.
SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS

A.

Discharge of Claims.

Pursuant to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan, or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created or entered into pursuant to the Plan, the distributions, rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized Debtor), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests, from and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and interests in, the Debtor or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate to services performed by employees of the Debtor prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment, any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date, and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not: (1) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed, or deemed Filed, pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (2) a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3) the holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims (other than the Reinstated Claims) and Interests subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created or entered into pursuant to the Plan.

B.

Release of Liens.

Except as otherwise provided in Plan, the Confirmation Order, or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created, or entered into, pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Secured Claims that the Debtor elects to Reinstate in accordance with this Plan, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estate shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtor and its successors and assigns. Any holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtor, to release any collateral or other property of the Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral), held by such holder (and the applicable agents for such holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtor to evidence the release of such Liens and/or security interests, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Confirmation Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency, records office, or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

To the extent that any holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent for such holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such holders Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, such holder (or the agent for such holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, that are necessary or desirable to record or effectuate the cancellation and/or extinguishment of such Liens and/or security interests, including the making of any applicable filings or recordings, and the Reorganized Debtor shall be entitled to make any such filings or recordings on such holders behalf.

C.

Releases by the Debtor.

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and its Estate from any and all claims and Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtor, that the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or its Estate would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, the Debtor or other Entity, or that any holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, the Debtor or other Entity could have asserted on behalf of the Debtor, based on or relating to or in any manner arising from in whole or in part, the Debtor, the Debtors in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, any Avoidance Actions, intercompany transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any Restructuring Transaction, the Chapter 11 Case, the filing of the Chapter 11 Case, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (a) any post-Effective Date obligations of any Person or Entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions or (b) any individual from any Claim or Cause of Action related to an act or omission that is determined in a Final Order by a court of competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud or willful misconduct.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts finding that the Debtor Release is: (a) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Releasing Parties, including, without limitation, the Releasing Parties contribution to facilitating the Restructuring Transactions and implementing the Plan; (b) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Debtor Release; (c) in the best interests of the Debtor and all holders of Claims and Interests; (d) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (e) given and made after due notice and opportunity for a hearing; and (f) a bar to any of the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or the Debtors Estate asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.

D.

Releases by the Releasing Parties.

As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby confirmed, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Released Party from any and all claims and Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or the Estate, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to or in any manner arising from in whole or in part, the Debtor, the Debtors in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, any Avoidance Actions, intercompany transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any Restructuring Transaction, the Chapter 11 Case, the filing of the Chapter 11 Case, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, the operation of the Debtors business prior to the Petition Date, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (a) any post-Effective Date obligations (including any obligations Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) of any Person or Entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions, or (b) any individual from any claim or Cause of Action related to an act or omission that is determined in a Final Order by a court competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud or willful misconduct.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third-Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts finding that the Third-Party Release is: (a) consensual, (b) essential to the confirmation of the Plan; (c) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (d) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Third-Party Release; (e) in the best interests of the Debtor and its Estate; (f) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (g) given and made after due notice and opportunity for a hearing; and (h) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third-Party Release.

E.

Exculpation.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have, or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Case, related prepetition transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Case, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct or actual fraud. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the exculpation set forth above do not exculpate any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.

F.

Injunction.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold claims or interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of, or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of, or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of, or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of, or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests unless such holder has filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the injunction set forth above does not enjoin the enforcement of any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.

G.

Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment.

Consistent with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental Units, shall not discriminate against the Reorganized Debtor or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit, charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the Reorganized Debtor, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtor has been associated, solely because the Debtor has been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case (or during the Chapter 11 Case, but before the Debtor are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable in the Chapter 11 Case.

H.

Document Retention.

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor may maintain documents in accordance with its standard document retention policy, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtor.

I.

Reimbursement or Contribution.

If the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent, or (2) the relevant holder of such Claim has Filed a non-contingent Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim as no longer contingent.

ARTICLE IX.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN

A.

Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.

It shall be a condition to the Effective Date that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions of Article IX.B hereof:

a.

the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order which shall:

i.

authorize the Debtor to take all actions necessary to enter into, implement, and consummate the contracts, instruments, releases, leases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan;

ii.

decree that the provisions in the Confirmation Order and the Plan are nonseverable and mutually dependent;

iii.

authorize the Debtor, as applicable/necessary, to: (a) implement the Restructuring Transactions; (b) distribute the MDLY Stock pursuant to the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, or other exemption from such registration or pursuant to one or more registration statements; (c) make all other distributions and issuances as required under the Plan, including cash and the MDLY Stock; and (d) enter into any agreements, transactions, and sales of property as set forth in the Plan Supplement;

iv.

authorize the implementation of the Plan in accordance with its terms;

v.

provide that, pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, the assignment or surrender of any lease or sublease, and the delivery of any deed or other instrument or transfer order, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including any deeds, bills of sale, or assignments executed in connection with any disposition or transfer of assets contemplated under the Plan, shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording, or other similar tax; and

vi.

be a Final Order;

b.

the Debtor shall have obtained all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan;

c.

the Debtor shall have reached an agreement with Strategic regarding the form of secured promissory note as part of Class 4’s treatment under the terms of the Plan;

d.

the final version of the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein, shall have been filed in a manner consistent in all material respects with the Plan; and

e.

all professional fees and expenses of retained professionals that require the Bankruptcy Court’s approval shall have been paid in full or amounts sufficient to pay such fees and expenses after the Effective Date shall have been placed in the Professional Escrow Account pending the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of such fees and expenses.

B.

Waiver of Conditions.

Any one or more of the conditions to Consummation set forth in this Article IX may be waived by the Debtor, without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the Plan.

C.

Effect of Failure of Conditions.

If Consummation does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan or the Disclosure Statement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims by the Debtor, Claims, or Interests; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtor, any holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Person or Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtor, any holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity.

D.

Substantial Consummation

“Substantial Consummation” of the Plan, as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 1101(2), shall be deemed to occur on the Effective Date.

ARTICLE X.
MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THE PLAN

A.

Modification and Amendments.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, the Debtor reserves the right to modify the Plan, whether such modification is material or immaterial, and seek Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan. Subject to those restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan and the requirements of section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, Rule 3019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, and, to the extent applicable, sections 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtor expressly reserves its respective rights to revoke or withdraw, or to alter, amend, or modify the Plan, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan.

B.

Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy Rule 3019.

C.

Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.

The Debtor reserves the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtor revokes or withdraws the Plan, or if Confirmation or Consummation does not occur, then: (1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests), assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected under the Plan, and any document or agreement executed pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity; or (c) constitute an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity.

ARTICLE XI.
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

Notwithstanding the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or relating to, the Chapter 11 Case and the Plan pursuant to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:

a.

allow, disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured or unsecured status, or amount of, any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims or Interests;

b.

decide and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;

c.

resolve any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which the Debtor is party, or with respect to which the Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate, any Claims arising therefrom, including Cures pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; (c) the Reorganized Debtor amending, modifying, or supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to Article V hereof, any Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to the list of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;

d.

ensure that distributions to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) are accomplished pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;

e.

adjudicate, decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters, and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving the Debtor that may be pending on the Effective Date;

f.

adjudicate, decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;

g.

enter and implement such orders as may be necessary to execute, implement, or consummate the provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other agreements or documents created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

h.

enter and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

i.

resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;

j.

issue injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;

k.

resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the releases, injunctions, exculpations, and other provisions contained in Article VIII hereof, and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases, injunctions, and other provisions;

l.

resolve any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the holder of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.L hereof;

m.

enter and implement such orders as are necessary if the Confirmation Order is for any reason modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;

n.

determine any other matters that may arise in connection with, or relate to, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the Disclosure Statement;

o.

enter an order concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Case;

p.

adjudicate any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;

q.

consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;

r.

determine requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507 of the Bankruptcy Code;

s.

hear and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation, or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;

t.

hear and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;

u.

hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of any exculpations, discharges, injunctions, and releases granted in the Plan, including under Article VIII hereof, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior to or after the Effective Date;

v.

enforce all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and

w.

hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.

As of the Effective Date, notwithstanding anything in this Article XI to the contrary, the Organizational Documents and the Promissory Note and any documents related thereto shall be governed by the jurisdictional provisions therein and the Bankruptcy Court shall not retain jurisdiction with respect thereto.

ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A.

Immediate Binding Effect.

Subject to Article IX.A hereof, and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the documents and instruments contained in the Plan Supplement) shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, any and all holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such holders of Claims or Interests, as applicable, have, or are deemed to have accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges, and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtor.

B.

Additional Documents.

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtor may file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, and all holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.

C.

Payment of Statutory Fees.

All fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtor (or the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Reorganized Debtor) for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the earlier of entry of a final decree closing the Chapter 11 Case, or an order of dismissal or conversion, whichever comes first.

D.

Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense Payment.

On the Confirmation Date, any statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Case shall dissolve and members thereof shall be released and discharged from all rights and duties from, or related to, the Chapter 11 Case. The Reorganized Debtor shall no longer be responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to any statutory committees after the Confirmation Date.

E.

Reservation of Rights.

Except as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless and until the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of the Filing of the Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the Plan Supplement shall be, or shall be deemed to be, an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor with respect to the holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective Date.

F.

Successors and Assigns.

The rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of ,any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, manager, director, agent, representative, attorney, beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.

G.

Notices.

All notices, requests, and demands to, or upon, the Debtor to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

Debtor

Counsel to the Debtor

Medley LLC

Attn: Nathan Bryce

280 Park Avenue, 6th Floor East

New York, New York 10017

Lowenstein Sandler LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 17th Floor

New York, New York 10020

Attn: Robert Hirsh (rhirsh@lowenstein.com),

Eric Chafetz (echafetz@lowenstein.com), and

Phillip Khezri (pkhezri@lowenstein.com);

-and-

Morris James LLP,

500 Delaware Avenue, Suite 1500,

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Attn: Eric Monzo (emonzo@morrisjames.com)

United States Trustee

The United States Trustee for the District of Delaware

844 King Street, Suite 2207, Lockbox 35

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Attn: Jane Leamy

After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor has the authority to send a notice to Entities that continue to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, that such Entity must file a renewed request to receive documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002. After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor is authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.

H.

Term of Injunctions or Stays.

Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Case pursuant to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

I.

Entire Agreement.

Except as otherwise indicated, the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the documents and instruments in the Plan Supplement) supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations, promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated into the Plan.

J.

Plan Supplement.

All exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents shall be available upon written request to the Debtor’s counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and documents from the Debtor’s restructuring website at http://www.kccllc.net/medley or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at www.deb.uscourts.gov. To the extent any exhibit or document is inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the non-exhibit or non-document portion of the Plan shall control.

K.

Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.

If, prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted; provided, however, any such alteration or interpretation shall be acceptable to the Debtor. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or interpretation. The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms; (2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtor’s or Reorganized Debtor’s consent, as applicable; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.

L.

Votes Solicited in Good Faith.

Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtor will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance with section 1125(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtor and each of its Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, employees, advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and, therefore, neither any of such parties or individuals or the Reorganized Debtor will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan.

M.

Closing of Chapter 11 Case.

The Reorganized Debtor shall, promptly after the full administration of the Chapter 11 Case, File with the Bankruptcy Court all documents required by Bankruptcy Rule 3022 and any applicable order of the Bankruptcy Court to close the Chapter 11 Case.

N.

Waiver or Estoppel.

Each holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured or not subordinated by virtue of an agreement made with the Debtor or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Confirmation Date.

Dated: March 7, 2021

MEDLEY LLC

/s/ Richard T. Allorto, Jr.

Name: Richard T. Allorto, Jr.

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Annex B

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

In re:

Medley LLC,

Debtor.

Chapter 11

Case No. 21-10526

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR THE

CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF MEDLEY LLC

Eric J. Monzo (DE Bar No. 5214)

Brya M. Keilson (DE Bar No. 4643)

MORRIS JAMES LLP

500 Delaware Avenue; Suite 1500

Wilmington, DE 19801

Telephone: (302) 888-6800

Facsimile: (302) 571-1750

E-mail: emonzo@morrisjames.com

E-mail: bkeilson@morrisjames.com

Date: March 7, 2021

Robert M. Hirsh, Esq.

Eric Chafetz, Esq.         

Phillip Khezri, Esq.

LOWENSTEIN SANDLER LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020

Telephone: (973) 597-2500

Facsimile: (973) 597-2400

E-mail: rhirsh@lowenstein.com

E-mail: echafetz@lowenstein.co

E-mail: pkhezri@lowenstein.com

THIS IS A SOLICITATION OF VOTES TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH BANKRUPTCY CODE SECTION 1125 AND WITHIN THE MEANING OF BANKRUPTCY CODE SECTION 1126, 11 U.S.C. §§ 1125, 1126. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THE DEBTOR INTENDS TO SUBMIT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT TO THE BANKRUPTCY COURT FOR APPROVAL. THE INFORMATION IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

SOLICITATION OF VOTES ON THE CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION OF MEDLEY LLC PURSUANT TO CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE FROM THE HOLDERS OF OUTSTANDING:

VOTING CLASSES

NAME OF CLASS UNDER THE PLAN

CLASS 3

NOTES CLAIMS

CLASS 4

STRATEGIC CLAIM

CLASS 5

GENERAL UNSECURED CLAIMS

IF YOU ARE IN CLASSES 3, 4, AND/OR 5 YOU ARE RECEIVING THIS DOCUMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING MATERIALS BECAUSE YOU ARE ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN.

DELIVERY OF BALLOTS

CLASS 3, 4, OR 5 BALLOTS MAY BE RETURNED IN THE ENCLOSED PRE-PAID, PRE-ADDRESSED RETURN ENVELOPE WITH THE BALLOT OR TO AN ADDRESS BELOW, AND MUST BE ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE NOTICE AND CLAIMS AGENT BY THE VOTING DEADLINE, WHICH IS 4:00 P.M. (PREVAILING EASTERN TIME) ON [MAY 19, 2021] VIA THE ENCLOSED PRE-PAID, PRE-ADDRESSED RETURN ENVELOPE, OR AS OTHERWISE DIRECTED ON THE BALLOT:

BY REGULAR MAIL AT:

Medley Ballot Processing

c/o Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC 222 N. Pacific

Coast Highway, Suite 300 El Segundo, California 90245

BY HAND DELIVERY OR OVERNIGHT MAIL AT:

Medley Ballot Processing

c/o Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC 222 N. Pacific Coast

Highway, Suite 300 El Segundo, California 90245

VIA E-BALLOT PORTAL. SUBMIT YOUR BALLOT FORM VIA THE NOTICE AND CLAIMS AGENT’S ONLINE PORTAL, BY VISITING HTTPS://WWW.KCCLLC.NET/MEDLEY (THE “E BALLOT PORTAL”). CLICK ON THE “SUBMIT
E-BALLOT” SECTION OF THE WEBSITE AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS TO SUBMIT YOUR BALLOT.

PLEASE CHOOSE ONLY ONE METHOD TO RETURN YOUR BALLOT.

BALLOTS RECEIVED VIA EMAIL OR FACSIMILE WILL NOT BE COUNTED

IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE PROCEDURE FOR VOTING ON THE PLAN, PLEASE CONTACT THE NOTICE AND CLAIMS AGENT AT:

BY E-MAIL TO:

MEDELYINFO@KCCLLC.COM

WITH A REFERENCE TO MEDLEY LLC IN THE SUBJECT LINE

BY TELEPHONE:
(877) 634-7181 (TOLL FREE) OR (424) 236-7226 (INTERNATIONAL)
AND REQUEST TO SPEAK WITH A MEMBER OF THE SOLICITATION TEAM

This disclosure statement (this “Disclosure Statement”) provides information regarding the Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Medley LLC (as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Plan”)1, for which the Debtor and Medley Management, Inc. (“Medley Management,” and collectively with the Debtor, the “Plan Proponents”) will seek confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court. A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A and is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan Proponents are providing the information in this Disclosure Statement to certain holders of Claims for purposes of soliciting votes to accept or reject the Plan (the “Solicitation”).

The consummation and effectiveness of the Plan are subject to certain material conditions precedent described herein and set forth in Article IX of the Plan. There is no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan or, if the Bankruptcy Court does confirm the Plan, that the conditions necessary for the Plan to become effective will be satisfied or, in the alternative, waived.

The Plan Proponents urge each holder of a Claim or Interest to consult with its own advisors with respect to any legal, financial, securities, tax, or business advice in reviewing this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, and each proposed transaction contemplated by the Plan.


1 Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Disclosure Statement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

The Plan Proponents strongly encourage holders of Claims and Interests to read this Disclosure Statement (including the Risk Factors described in Article VII hereof) and the Plan in their entirety before voting to accept or reject the Plan. Assuming the requisite acceptances to the Plan are obtained, the Plan Proponents will seek the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Plan at the Confirmation Hearing.

RECOMMENDATION BY THE PLAN PROPONENTS

THE PLAN PROPONENTS HAVE APPROVED THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE PLAN AND DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, AND THE PLAN PROPONENTS BELIEVE THAT THE COMPROMISES CONTEMPLATED UNDER THE PLAN ARE FAIR AND EQUITABLE, MAXIMIZE THE VALUE OF THE DEBTOR’S ESTATE, AND PROVIDES THE BEST, AND LIKELY ONLY, RECOVERY TO CLAIM AND INTEREST HOLDERS. AT THIS TIME, THE PLAN PROPONENTS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS REPRESENT THE BEST ALTERNATIVE FOR ACCOMPLISHING THE DEBTOR’S OVERALL RESTRUCTURING OBJECTIVES. THE PLAN PROPONENTS THEREFORE STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS WHOSE VOTES ARE BEING SOLICITED SUBMIT BALLOTS TO ACCEPT THE PLAN BY RETURNING THEIR BALLOTS SO AS TO BE ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE NOTICE AND CLAIMS AGENT NO LATER THAN [MAY 19] AT 4:00 P.M. (PREVAILING EASTERN TIME) PURSUANT TO THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN AND ON THE BALLOTS.

STRATEGIC CAPITAL ADVISORY SERVICES, LLC, ONE OF THE DEBTOR’S LARGEST CREDITORS SUPPORTS THE PLAN.

SPECIAL NOTICE REGARDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS

The Plan has not been approved or disapproved by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any state regulatory authority and neither the SEC nor any state regulatory authority has passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement or the Plan. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

DISCLAIMER

This Disclosure Statement contains summaries of certain provisions of the Plan and certain other documents and financial information. The information included in this Disclosure Statement is provided solely for the purpose of soliciting acceptances of the Plan and should not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine whether and how to vote on the Plan. All holders of Claims entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan are advised and encouraged to read this Disclosure Statement and the Plan in their entirety before voting to accept or reject the Plan. While the Debtor believes that these summaries are fair and accurate, the summaries of the financial information and the documents that are attached to, or incorporated by reference in, this Disclosure Statement are qualified in their entirety by reference to such information and documents. In the event of any inconsistency or discrepancy between a description in this Disclosure Statement, on the one hand, and the terms and provisions of the Plan or the financial information and documents incorporated in this Disclosure Statement by reference, on the other hand, the Plan or the financial information and documents, as applicable, shall govern for all purposes.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in accordance with applicable law, the Debtor is under no duty to update or supplement this Disclosure Statement. The Bankruptcy Court’s approval of this Disclosure Statement does not constitute a guarantee of the accuracy or completeness of the information contained herein or the Bankruptcy Court’s endorsement of the merits of the Plan. The statements and financial information contained in this Disclosure Statement have been made as of the date hereof unless otherwise specified. Holders of Claims or Interests reviewing the Disclosure Statement should not assume at the time of such review that there have been no changes in the facts set forth in this Disclosure Statement since the date of this Disclosure Statement. No holder of a Claim or Interest should rely on any information, representations, or inducements that are not contained in or are inconsistent with the information contained in this Disclosure Statement, the documents attached to this Disclosure Statement, and the Plan. This Disclosure Statement does not constitute legal, business, financial, or tax advice. Any Person or Entity desiring any such advice should consult with their own advisors. Additionally, this Disclosure Statement has not been approved or disapproved by the Bankruptcy Court, the SEC, or any securities regulatory authority of any state under Blue Sky Laws.

Regarding contested matters, adversary proceedings, and other pending, threatened, or potential litigation or other actions, this Disclosure Statement does not constitute, and may not be construed as, an admission of fact, liability, stipulation, or waiver by the Debtor or any other party, but rather as a statement made in the context of settlement negotiations in accordance with Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence and any analogous state or foreign laws or rules. As such, this Disclosure Statement shall not be admissible in any non-bankruptcy proceeding involving the Debtor or any other party in interest, nor shall it be construed to be conclusive advice on the tax, securities, financial, or other effects of the Plan to holders of Claims against, or Interests in, the Debtor or any other party in interest. Please refer to Article VIII of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risk factors that holders of Claims voting on the Plan should consider.

Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, all information, representations, or statements contained herein have been provided by the Debtor. No person is authorized by the Debtor in connection with this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, or the Solicitation to give any information or to make any representation or statement regarding this Disclosure Statement, the Plan, or the Solicitation, in each case, other than as contained in this Disclosure Statement and the exhibits attached hereto or as otherwise incorporated herein by reference or referred to herein. If any such information, representation, or statement is given or made, it may not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Debtor.

You are encouraged to read the Plan and this Disclosure Statement in its entirety, including Article VII, entitled “Risk Factors,” before submitting your ballot to vote on the Plan.

If the Plan is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court and the Effective Date occurs, all holders of Claims and Interests (including those holders of Claims who do not submit ballots to accept or reject the Plan, who vote to reject the Plan, or who are not entitled to vote on the Plan) will be bound by the terms of the Plan and the Restructuring Transactions contemplated thereby.

This Disclosure Statement may contain certain forward-looking statements, all of which are based on various estimates and assumptions. Such forward-looking statements are subject to inherent uncertainties and to a wide variety of significant business, economic, and competitive risks, including, but not limited to, those summarized herein. When used in this Disclosure Statement, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” and “expect” and similar expressions generally identify forward-looking statements. Although the Debtor believes that its plans, intentions, and expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, they cannot be sure that they will be achieved. These statements are only predictions and are not guarantees of future performance or results. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by a forward-looking statement. All forward-looking statements attributable to the Debtor or Persons or Entities acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth in this Disclosure Statement. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. Except as required by law, the Debtor expressly disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

I.INTRODUCTION 1
II. PRELIMINARY STATEMENT1
III. QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND PLAN2
A.What is chapter 11? 2
B.Why is the Debtor sending me this Disclosure Statement?2
C.Am I entitled to vote on the Plan?3
D.What will I receive from the Debtor if the Plan is consummated?3
E.What will I receive from the Debtor if I hold an Allowed Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim?4
F.Are any regulatory approvals required to consummate the Plan?5
G.What happens to my recovery if the Plan is not confirmed or does not go effective?5
H.If the Plan provides that I get a distribution, do I get it upon Confirmation or when the Plan goes effective, and what is meant by “Confirmation,” “Effective Date,” and “Consummation?” 5
I.What are the sources of Cash and other consideration required to fund the Plan? 5
J.Is there potential litigation related to the Plan?6
K.Will the final amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims affect the recovery of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims under the Plan?6
L.How will the preservation of the Causes of Action affect my recovery under the Plan?6
M.Will there be releases and exculpation granted to parties in interest as part of the Plan? 7
N.What is the deadline to vote on the Plan?12
O.How do I vote for or against the Plan? 12
P.Why is the Bankruptcy Court holding a Confirmation Hearing? 12
Q.What is the purpose of the Confirmation Hearing?12
R.What is the effect of the Plan on the Debtor’s ongoing businesses?13
S.Will any party have significant influence over the corporate governance and operations of the Reorganized Debtor?13
T.Who do I contact if I have additional questions with respect to this Disclosure Statement or the Plan?13
U.Does the Debtor recommend voting in favor of the Plan?   14
IV. THE DEBTOR’S PLAN14
A.The Plan 14

V. THE DEBTOR’S CORPORATE HISTORY, STRUCTURE, AND BUSINESS OVERVIEW 18
A.Medley’ Business and Organizational Structure18
B.The Debtor’s Prepetition Capital Structure  20
C.Events Leading to the Filing of the Chapter 11 Case and the Debtor’s Proposed Chapter 11 Plan And Solicitation Procedures23
VI.MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND ANTICIPATED EVENTS OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASE24
A.First Day Relief24
B.Professional Retention25
VII.RISK FACTORS 25
A.Bankruptcy Law Considerations25
B.Risks Related to Recoveries under the Plan29
C.Risks Related to the Debtor’s and the Reorganized Debtor’s Business and MDLY Stock29
VIII.SOLICITATION AND VOTING PROCEDURES30
A.Holders of Claims Entitled to Vote on the Plan30
B.Voting Record Date31
C.Voting on the Plan31
D.Ballots Not Counted 33
IX.CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN33
A.Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan 33
B.Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis33
C.Feasibility34
D.Acceptance by Impaired Classes34
E.Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes35
X.CERTAIN SECURITIES LAW MATTERS36
A.Issuance of Securities under the Plan36
B.Subsequent Transfers37
XI.CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN38
XII.RECOMMENDATION38

EXHIBITS2

EXHIBIT A

Plan of Reorganization

EXHIBIT B

Liquidation Analysis

EXHIBIT C

Valuation Analysis

EXHIBIT D

Debtor’s 10-K

EXHIBIT E

Medley Management’s 10-K


2 Each Exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.

I.

INTRODUCTION

Medley LLC (the “Debtor”), as debtor and debtor in possession in this Chapter 11 Case, and Medley Management, collectively as Plan Proponents submit this Disclosure Statement, pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code, to holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtor in connection with the solicitation of votes for acceptance of the Plan.1 A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit Aand incorporated herein by reference.

II.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Debtor is headquartered in New York City and incorporated in Delaware. The Debtor was formed on October 27, 2010 in connection with a reorganization of the Company’s corporate structure. The Debtor is the direct subsidiary of Medley Management, a public company traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol, “MDLY.” As discussed in more detail below, MDLY owns approximately 98% of the membership interests of the Debtor and is its sole managing member.2

The Company, founded in 2006, operates an alternative asset management firm offering yield solutions to retail and institutional investors. The Company focuses its business on credit-related investment strategies, historically originating senior secured loans to private middle market companies in the United States that have revenues between $50 million and $1 billion. As of the Petition Date, the Company has approximately $1.3 billion in Fee Earning Assets Under Management (“FEAUM”).3

The Company generated approximately $31,700,000 in revenue in 2020 and the Debtor had approximately $5,422,369 in assets and, as discussed more fully below, approximately $140,752,116 in liabilities as of the end of 2020.

As discussed in more detail below, several factors resulted in a liquidity strain that adversely impacted the Debtor’s ability to service the interest obligations owing on the Notes. As a result, on January 7, 2021, the Company engaged B. Riley Securities Inc. (the Debtor’s proposed investment banker and financial advisor) to assist in analyzing various strategic financial alternatives to address its capital structure, including restructuring the capital structure and other contractual obligations, with a particularized focus on the Notes Claims. The Debtor considered a number of alternatives, including an out-of-court exchange offer of debt for cash, debt for debt, debt for equity, or a combination thereof. However, the Debtor ultimately determined that due to the retail nature of the bonds, an out-of-court restructuring would be largely unworkable and ultimately pivoted to the proposed reorganization of the Notes Claims pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.


1 Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Disclosure Statement have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan. The summary of the Plan provided herein is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan. In the case of any inconsistency between this Disclosure Statement and the Plan, the Plan will govern.

2 MDLY was incorporated on June 13, 2014 and commenced operations on September 29, 2014 upon completion of its initial public offering (“IPO”).

3 The Debtor calculates its FEAUM on a quarterly basis.  The Debtor’s estimated FEAUM as of the Petition Date is based on the most recent quarterly calculation as of the end of 2020.

The structure of the Plan proposed by the Plan Proponents is critical to the success of this Chapter 11 Case and maximizing value for all stakeholders. The proposed Plan will avoid a change of control and therefore allow the Company to maintain its client base and properly restructure its business and operations during and after this Chapter 11 Case.

III.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT AND PLAN

A.

What is chapter 11?

Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition to permitting debtor rehabilitation, chapter 11 promotes equality of treatment for creditors and similarly situated equity interest holders, subject to the priority of distributions prescribed by the Bankruptcy Code.

The commencement of a chapter 11 case creates an estate that comprises all of the legal and equitable interests of the debtor as of the date the chapter 11 case is commenced. The Bankruptcy Code provides that the debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

Consummating a chapter 11 plan is the principal objective of a chapter 11 case. A bankruptcy court’s confirmation of a plan binds the debtor, any person acquiring property under the plan, any creditor or equity interest holder of the debtor, and any other entity as may be ordered by the bankruptcy court. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the order issued by a bankruptcy court confirming a plan provides for the treatment of the debtor’s liabilities in accordance with the terms of the confirmed plan.

B.

Why is the Debtor sending me this Disclosure Statement?

The Debtor is seeking to obtain Bankruptcy Court approval of the Plan. Before soliciting acceptances of the Plan, section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code requires a debtor to prepare a disclosure statement containing adequate information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable a hypothetical reasonable investor to make an informed judgment regarding acceptance of a plan and to share such disclosure statement with all holders of claims whose votes on the plan are being solicited. This Disclosure Statement is being submitted in accordance with these requirements.

C.

Am I entitled to vote on the Plan?

Your ability to vote on, and your distribution under, the Plan, if any, depends on what type of Claim you hold and whether you held that Claim as of the Voting Record Date (as defined herein). Each category of holders of Claims or Interests, as set forth in Article III of the Plan pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, is referred to as a “Class.” Each Class’s respective voting status is set forth below:

Class

Claims and Interests

Status

Voting Rights

Class 1

Secured Claims

Unimpaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)

Class 2

Other Priority Claims

Unimpaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)

Class 3

Notes Claims

Impaired

Entitled to Vote

Class 4

Strategic Claim

Impaired

Entitled to Vote

Class 5

General Unsecured Claims

Impaired

Entitled to Vote

Class 6

Intercompany Claims

Unimpaired / Impaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept or Deemed to Reject)

Class 7

Interests

Unimpaired

Not Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)

D.

What will I receive from the Debtor if the Plan is consummated?

The following chart provides a summary of the anticipated recovery to holders of Claims or Interests under the Plan. Any estimates of Claims or Interests in this Disclosure Statement may materially vary from the final amounts allowed by the Bankruptcy Court. Your ability to receive distributions under the Plan depends upon the ability of the Debtor to obtain Confirmation and meet the conditions necessary to consummate the Plan.

THE PROJECTED RECOVERIES SET FORTH IN THE TABLE BELOW ARE ESTIMATES ONLY AND THEREFORE ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. FOR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBTORS CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS, REFERENCE SHOULD BE MADE TO THE ENTIRE PLAN.4


The recoveries set forth below may materially change based upon various factors.

SUMMARY OF EXPECTED RECOVERIES

Class

Claim/Equity

Interest

Treatment of Claim/Equity Interest

Projected

Amount of

Claims (in

millions)

Projected

Recovery Under

the Plan

1

Secured Claims

Each holder of an Allowed Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the Debtor and in its sole discretion:

(i)     payment in full in Cash of its Allowed Secured Claim;

(ii)    the collateral securing its Allowed Secured Claim;

(iii)   Reinstatement of its Allowed Secured Claim; or

(iv)   such other treatment rendering its Allowed Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

$0

100%

2

Other Priority Claims

Each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive treatment in a manner consistent with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.

$0

100%

3

Notes Claims

On the Effective Date, each holder of an Allowed Notes Claim shall receive:

(i)    If such holder votes to accept the Plan: 0.600 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder;

(ii)    If such holder does not take any action and does not vote on the Plan: 0.450 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder; or

(iii)  If such holder elects to Opt-Out of the Third Party Release contained in Article VIII of the Plan and/or votes to reject the Plan, the lesser of: (x) 0.134 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock for each $25 principal amount of 2024 Notes and/or 2026 Notes held by such holder; or (y) a pro rata share of the Rejecting Noteholder Pool.

$122.595

22.4% / 16.8% / 5%

4

Strategic Claim

The holder of the Allowed Strategic Claim shall receive: (i) 218,182 shares of newly issued MDLY Stock; (ii) $350,000 in Cash on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable thereafter; and (iii) a secured promissory note, the form of which will be negotiated between the parties prior to the Confirmation Hearing, which provides for 10 consecutive quarterly payments of $225,000 in Cash, commencing on the last Business Day of the first full calendar quarter following the Effective Date.

$7.7

60.3%

5

General Unsecured Claims

Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive, at the option of the Debtor:

(i)    the lesser of: the amount of its Allowed General Unsecured Claim in Cash; or its pro rata share of the General Unsecured Claims Pool; or

(ii)   Reinstatement.

[●]

[●] / 100%

6

Intercompany Claims

Each Allowed Intercompany Claim shall be, at the option of the Debtor, either:

(i)    Reinstated; or

(ii)   canceled, released, and extinguished and without any distribution at the Debtor’s election and in its sole discretion.

N/A

0% / 100%

7

Interests

Each holder of an Interest shall retain such Interest.

N/A

100%

E.

What will I receive from the Debtor if I hold an Allowed Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim?

In accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Claims, and Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims or Interests set forth in Article III of the Plan.

1.

Administrative Claims

Administrative Claims will be satisfied as set forth in Article II.A of the Plan, as summarized herein. Unless otherwise agreed to by the holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim (other than holders of Professional Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code) will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (1) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which an order allowing such Administrative Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based on liabilities incurred by the Debtor in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action by the holders of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time, and upon such terms, as may be agreed upon by such holder and the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable; or (5) at such time, and upon such terms, as set forth in an order of the Bankruptcy Court.

2.

Priority Tax Claims.

Priority Tax Claims will be satisfied as set forth in Article II.C of the Plan, as summarized herein. Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

F.

Are any regulatory approvals required to consummate the Plan?

There are no known regulatory approvals that are required to consummate the Plan. However, to the extent any such regulatory approvals or other authorizations, consents, rulings, or documents are necessary to implement and effectuate the Plan, it is a condition precedent to the Effective Date that they be obtained.

G.

What happens to my recovery if the Plan is not confirmed or does not go effective?

In the event that the Plan is not confirmed or does not go effective, there is no assurance that the Debtor will be able to reorganize its business. It is possible that any alternative may provide holders of Claims with less than they would have received pursuant to the Plan. For a more detailed description of the consequences of an extended chapter 11 case, or of a liquidation scenario, see Article B of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis,” and the Liquidation Analysis attached hereto as Exhibit B.

H.

If the Plan provides that I get a distribution, do I get it upon Confirmation or when the Plan goes effective, and what is meant by Confirmation,Effective Date, and Consummation?

“Confirmation” of the Plan refers to approval of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court. Confirmation of the Plan does not guarantee that you will receive the distribution indicated under the Plan. After Confirmation of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court, there are conditions that need to be satisfied or waived so that the Plan can go effective. Initial distributions to holders of Allowed Claims will only be made on the date the Plan becomes effective—the “Effective Date”—or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, as specified in the Plan. See Article X of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Confirmation of the Plan,” for a discussion of the conditions precedent to consummation of the Plan.

I.

What are the sources of Cash and other consideration required to fund the Plan?

The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall fund distributions under the Plan with: (1) Cash on hand; (2) the Promissory Note; and (3) the issuance of MDLY Stock.

J.

Is there potential litigation related to the Plan?

Parties in interest may object to the approval of this Disclosure Statement and may also object to Confirmation of the Plan, which objections potentially could give rise to litigation. See Article VIII.C.10 of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “The Reorganized Debtor May Be Adversely Affected by Potential Litigation, Including Litigation Arising Out of the Chapter 11 Case.”

In the event that it becomes necessary to confirm the Plan over the rejection of certain Classes, the Debtor may seek confirmation of the Plan notwithstanding the dissent of such rejecting Classes. The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan pursuant to the “cramdown” provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, which allow the Bankruptcy Court to confirm a plan that has been rejected by an impaired Class if it determines that the Plan satisfies section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. See Article E of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes.”

K.

Will the final amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims affect the recovery of holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims under the Plan?

Although the Debtor’s estimate of Allowed General Unsecured Claims is generally the result of the Debtor’s and its advisors’ analysis of reasonably available information as of the date hereof, the amount of potential Allowed General Unsecured Claims actually asserted against the Debtor may be higher or lower than the Debtor’s estimate provided herein, which difference could be material and could materially affect Class 5 recoveries. The projected amount of General Unsecured Claims set forth herein is subject to change.

As of the Petition Date, the Debtor was a party to certain litigation matters that arose in the ordinary course of operating its business, and could become a party to additional litigation in the future. Although the Debtor has disputed, is disputing, or will dispute in the future the amounts asserted by such litigants, to the extent these parties are ultimately entitled to a higher amount than is reflected in the amounts estimated by the Debtor herein, the total amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims could change and materially affect Class 5 recoveries.

The Debtor may also reject Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, which may result in parties asserting General Unsecured Claims for rejection damages. Finally, the Debtor may object to certain proofs of claim, and any such objections ultimately could cause the total amount of Allowed General Unsecured Claims to change, and could materially affect Class 5 recoveries.

L.

How will the preservation of the Causes of Action affect my recovery under the Plan?

The Plan provides for the retention of all Causes of Action other than those that are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled.

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII hereof, the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action of the Debtor, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtor’s rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action released by the Debtor pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor as of the Effective Date.

The Reorganized Debtor may pursue such retained Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtor. No Entity (other than the Released Parties) may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Disclosure Statement, or Confirmation Order, to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtor against it. The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtor against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtor expressly reserves all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.

The Reorganized Debtor reserves and shall retain such Causes of Action of the Debtor notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Case or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that the Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtor, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII of the Plan. The Reorganized Debtor, through its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtor shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

M.

Will there be releases and exculpation granted to parties in interest as part of the Plan?

Yes, the Plan proposes to release the Released Parties and to exculpate the Exculpated Parties. The Debtor’s releases, third-party releases, and exculpation provisions included in the Plan are an integral part of the Debtor’s overall restructuring efforts.

The Plan provides for releases for the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and the Notes Trustee, and each such Entity’s current and former Affiliates and subsidiaries, and such Entities’ and their current and former Affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ current and former directors, managers, officers, equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), predecessors, successors, and assigns, subsidiaries, and each of their respective current and former equity holders, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals.

The Plan provides exculpation for (a) the Debtor; (b) any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Case and each of their respective members; (c) the Notes Trustee; and (d) with respect to each of the foregoing, such Entity and its current and former Affiliates, and such Entity’s and its current and former Affiliates’ current and former equity holders, subsidiaries, officers, directors, managers, principals, members, employees, agents, advisory board members, financial advisors, partners, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, representatives, and other professionals, each in their capacity as such.

The Released Parties and the Exculpated Parties have made substantial and valuable contributions to the Debtor’s restructuring through efforts to negotiate and implement the Plan, and/or contributing new value to help fund the Plan, which will maximize and preserve the going-concern value of the Debtor for the benefit of all parties in interest. Accordingly, each of the Released Parties and the Exculpated Parties warrants the benefit of the release and exculpation provisions.

IMPORTANTLY, THE FOLLOWING PARTIES ARE INCLUDED IN THE DEFINITION OF RELEASING PARTIES AND WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE EXPRESSLY, UNCONDITIONALLY, GENERALLY, INDIVIDUALLY, AND COLLECTIVELY RELEASED AND DISCHARGED ALL CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION AGAINST THE DEBTOR AND THE RELEASED PARTIES: ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR INTERESTS WHO DO NOT (X) VALIDLY OPT OUT OF THE RELEASES CONTAINED IN THE PLAN, (Y) FILE AN OBJECTION TO THE RELEASES CONTAINED IN THE PLAN BY THE PLAN OBJECTION DEADLINE, OR (Z) TIMELY VOTE TO REJECT THE PLAN. THE RELEASES ARE AN INTEGRAL ELEMENT OF THE PLAN.

The Debtor believes that the releases and exculpations in the Plan are necessary and appropriate and meet the requisite legal standard promulgated by the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. Moreover, the Debtor will present evidence at the Confirmation Hearing to demonstrate the basis for and propriety of the releases and exculpation provisions. The release, exculpation, and injunction provisions that are contained in the Plan are copied in pertinent part below.

1.

Release of Liens.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or in any contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document created, or entered into, pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Secured Claims that the Debtor elects to Reinstate in accordance with the Plan, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estate shall be fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtor and its successors and assigns. Any holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for such holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtor, to release any collateral or other property of the Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral), held by such holder (and the applicable agents for such holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, to evidence the release of such Liens and/or security interests, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation or filing of the Confirmation Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency, records office, or department shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such Liens.

To the extent that any holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent for such holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such holder’s Secured Claim, then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, such holder (or the agent for such holder) shall take any and all steps requested by the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, that are necessary or desirable to record or effectuate the cancellation and/or extinguishment of such Liens and/or security interests, including the making of any applicable filings or recordings, and the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall be entitled to make any such filings or recordings on such holder’s behalf.

2.

Releases by the Debtor.

Pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration, on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and its Estate from any and all claims and Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtor, that the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or its Estate would have been legally entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, the Debtor or other Entity, or that any holder of any Claim against, or Interest in, the Debtor or other Entity could have asserted on behalf of the Debtor, based on or relating to or in any manner arising from in whole or in part, the Debtor, the Debtors in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, any Avoidance Actions, intercompany transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any Restructuring Transaction, the Chapter 11 Case, the filing of the Chapter 11 Case, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (a) any post-Effective Date obligations of any Person or Entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions or (b) any individual from any Claim or Cause of Action related to an act or omission that is determined in a Final Order by a court of competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud or willful misconduct.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts finding that the Debtor Release is: (a) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Releasing Parties, including, without limitation, the Releasing Parties contribution to facilitating the Restructuring Transactions and implementing the Plan; (b) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Debtor Release; (c) in the best interests of the Debtor and all holders of Claims and Interests; (d) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (e) given and made after due notice and opportunity for a hearing; and (f) a bar to any of the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or the Debtors Estate asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Debtor Release.

3.

Releases by the Releasing Parties.

As of the Effective Date, for good and valuable consideration, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and discharged each Released Party from any and all claims and Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, or the Estate, that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to or in any manner arising from in whole or in part, the Debtor, the Debtors in- or out-of-court restructuring efforts, any Avoidance Actions, intercompany transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or any Restructuring Transaction, the Chapter 11 Case, the filing of the Chapter 11 Case, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, the operation of the Debtors business prior to the Petition Date, or upon any other act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release (a) any post-Effective Date obligations (including any obligations Reinstated pursuant to the Plan) of any Person or Entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan or the Restructuring Transactions, or (b) any individual from any claim or Cause of Action related to an act or omission that is determined in a Final Order by a court competent jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud or willful misconduct.

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Third-Party Release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall constitute the Bankruptcy Courts finding that the Third-Party Release is: (a) consensual, (b) essential to the confirmation of the Plan; (c) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties; (d) a good faith settlement and compromise of the Claims released by the Third-Party Release; (e) in the best interests of the Debtor and its Estate; (f) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (g) given and made after due notice and opportunity for a hearing; and (h) a bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any Claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the Third-Party Release.

4.

Exculpation.

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Exculpated Party shall have, or incur, and each Exculpated Party is released and exculpated from any Cause of Action for any claim related to any act or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Case, related prepetition transactions, the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Case, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct or actual fraud. The Exculpated Parties have, and upon completion of the Plan shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore, are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the exculpation set forth above do not exculpate any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.

5.

Injunction.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, or for obligations issued or required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold claims or interests that have been released, discharged, or are subject to exculpation are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties: (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of, or in connection with. or with respect to. any such claims or interests; (b) enforcing, attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account of, or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests; (c) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against such Entities or the property or the estates of such Entities on account of, or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities or against the property of such Entities on account of, or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests unless such holder has filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding an indication of a claim or interest or otherwise that such holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant to applicable law or otherwise; and (e) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with, or with respect to, any such claims or interests released or settled pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the injunction set forth above does not enjoin the enforcement of any post-Effective Date obligations of any party or entity under the Plan, any post-Effective Date transaction contemplated by the Restructuring Transactions, or any document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan.

For more detail, see Article VIII of the Plan, entitled “Settlement, Release, Injunction, and Related Provisions,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

N.

What is the deadline to vote on the Plan?

The Voting Deadline is [May 19, 2021], at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time).

O.

How do I vote for or against the Plan?

Detailed instructions regarding how to vote on the Plan are contained on the ballots distributed to holders of Claims that are entitled to vote on the Plan. For your vote to be counted, your ballot, the master ballot containing your vote and returned by your Nominee, or the “pre-validated” ballot provided by your Nominee for direct return by you must be properly completed, executed, and delivered as directed, so that the ballot, master ballot or pre-validated ballot containing your vote is actually receivedby the Debtor’s notice and claims agent, Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC (the “Notice and Claims Agent”) on or before the Voting Deadline, i.e. [May 19, 2021], at 4:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time. See Article IX of this Disclosure Statement, entitled, “Solicitation and Voting Procedures” for more information.

P.

Why is the Bankruptcy Court holding a Confirmation Hearing?

Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court to hold a hearing on confirmation of the Plan and recognizes that any party in interest may object to Confirmation of the Plan. All parties in interest will be served notice of the time, date, and location of the Confirmation Hearing once scheduled.

Q.

What is the purpose of the Confirmation Hearing?

The confirmation of a plan of reorganization by a bankruptcy court binds the debtor, any issuer of securities under a plan of reorganization, any person acquiring property under a plan of reorganization, any creditor or equity interest holder of a debtor, and any other person or entity as may be ordered by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Subject to certain limited exceptions, the order issued by the Bankruptcy Court confirming a plan of reorganization discharges a debtor from any debt that arose before the confirmation of such plan of reorganization and provides for the treatment of such debt in accordance with the terms of the confirmed plan of reorganization.

The Confirmation Hearing is scheduled for May [27], 2021, at [10:00 a.m.], prevailing Eastern Time, or such other time as may be scheduled by the Bankruptcy Court. The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time without further notice. Objections to Confirmation must be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court, by no later than May [19], 2021, at 4:00 p.m., prevailing Eastern Time, in accordance with the notice of the Confirmation Hearing that accompanies this Disclosure Statement and the Disclosure Statement Order incorporated herein by reference.

R.

What is the effect of the Plan on the Debtors ongoing businesses?

The Debtor is reorganizing under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result, the occurrence of the Effective Date means that the Debtor will not be liquidated or forced to go out of business. Following Confirmation, the Plan will be consummated on the Effective Date, which is a date that is the first Business Day after the Confirmation Date on which: (1) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect and (2) all conditions to Consummation have been satisfied or waived (see Article IX of the Plan). On or after the Effective Date, and unless otherwise provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor may operate its businesses and, except as otherwise provided by the Plan, may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules. Additionally, upon the Effective Date, all actions contemplated by the Plan will be deemed authorized and approved.

S.

Will any party have significant influence over the corporate governance and operations of the Reorganized Debtor?

The Plan contemplates that the Managing Member of the Debtor shall continue to serve in its capacity as Managing Member after the Effective Date and throughout the remainder of its term. To the extent there is a change in the Managing Member, the identity of any new Managing Member will be disclosed in the Plan Supplement or prior to the Confirmation Hearing, consistent with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Managing Member and each officer of the Reorganized Debtor shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the Organizational Documents and other constituent documents.

T.

Who do I contact if I have additional questions with respect to this Disclosure Statement or the Plan?

If you have any questions regarding this Disclosure Statement or the Plan, please contact the Debtor’s Notice and Claims Agent, Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC, via one of the following methods:

By regular mail, hand delivery, or overnight at:

Medley Ballot Processing

c/o Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC

222 N. Pacific Coast Highway, Suite 300

El Segundo, California 90245

By electronic mail at:

MedleyInfo@kcccllc.com

By telephone at:

(877) 634-7181 (toll free) or (424) 236-7266 (international)

and request to speak with a member of the Solicitation Team

Copies of the Plan, this Disclosure Statement, and any other publicly filed documents in the Chapter 11 Case are available upon written request to the Notice and Claims Agent at the address above or by downloading the exhibits and documents from the website of the Notice and Claims Agent at www.kccllc.net/Medley (free of charge) or the Bankruptcy Court’s website at http://www.deb.uscourts.gov (for a fee).

U.

Does the Debtor recommend voting in favor of the Plan?

Yes. The Debtor believes that the Plan provides for a larger distribution to the Debtor’s creditors and equity holders than would otherwise result from any other available alternative. The Debtor believes that the Plan, which contemplates a significant deleveraging of the Debtor’s balance sheet and enables it to emerge from chapter 11 expeditiously, is in the best interest of all holders of Claims or Interests, and that any other alternatives (to the extent they exist, which is very unlikely) fail to realize or recognize the value inherent under the Plan.

IV.

THE DEBTORS PLAN

A.

The Plan

The Plan contemplates the following key terms, among others described herein and therein:

1.

General Settlement of Claims and Interests

As discussed herein, and as otherwise provided in the Plan, pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions, releases, and other benefits provided for under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan, including: (1) any challenge to the amount, validity, perfection, enforceability, priority or extent of the Notes Claims, and (2) any claim to avoid, subordinate, or disallow any Notes Claims, whether under any provision of chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, on any equitable theory (including equitable subordination, equitable disallowance, or unjust enrichment), or otherwise. The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good faith compromise and settlement of all such Claims, Interests, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of such compromise and settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such settlement and compromise is fair, equitable, reasonable and in the best interests of the Debtor and its Estate. Subject to Article VI hereof, all distributions made to holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests in any Class are intended to be and shall be final.

2.

Restructuring Transactions

On or before the Effective Date, the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall enter into, and shall take any actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect the Restructuring Transactions. The actions to implement the Restructuring Transactions may include: (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement, continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan, and that satisfy the applicable requirements of applicable law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability, debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable parties agree; (3) the filing of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation, formation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant to applicable state or provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Plan. The Confirmation Order shall, and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things, all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate the Plan.

3.

Reorganized Debtor

On the Effective Date, the Managing Member shall remain unaffected from a control perspective, and the Reorganized Debtor shall adopt the Organizational Documents (subject to any technical modification necessary). The Reorganized Debtor shall be authorized to adopt any other agreements, documents, and instruments and to take any other actions contemplated under the Plan as necessary to consummate the Plan. Cash payments to be made pursuant to the Plan will be made by the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable. The Debtor and Reorganized Debtor will be entitled to transfer funds between and among themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, to satisfy its obligations under the Plan. Except as set forth herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtor’s historical intercompany account settlement practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.

From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor, subject to any applicable limitations set forth in any post-Effective Date agreement, shall have the right and authority without further order of the Bankruptcy Court to raise additional capital and obtain additional financing, subject to the Organizational Documents, as the Managing Member deems appropriate.

4.

Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions

The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall fund distributions under the Plan with: (1) Cash on hand, including Cash from operations; (2) proceeds of the Promissory Note; (3) the issuance of MDLY Stock; (4) the General Unsecured Claims Pool; and (5) the Rejecting Noteholder Pool.

(a)

Promissory Note

On the Effective Date, certain members of the management team of Medley Management will issue the Debtor a $1,000,000.00 promissory note, a copy of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

(b)

Issuance of MDLY Stock

The issuance of the MDLY Stock shall be authorized by Medley Management prior to the Effective Date, without the need for any further corporate action on behalf of the Debtor and without any further action by the holders of Claims or Interests. Medley Management shall be authorized to issue the number of shares of MDLY Stock required to be issued under the Plan.

All of the shares of MDLY Stock issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to Article VI hereof shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity receiving such distribution or issuance.

(c)

General Unsecured Claims Pool

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall establish the General Unsecured Claims Pool with Cash in an amount equal to $100,000. The General Unsecured Claims Pool shall be maintained in trust solely for holders of General Unsecured Claims. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor; provided that any funds remaining in the General Unsecured Claims Pool after all General Unsecured Claims Distributions have been made shall be distributed to and vest in the Reorganized Debtor.

(d)

Rejecting Noteholder Pool

On the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtor shall establish the Rejecting Noteholder Pool with Cash in an amount equal to $100,000. The Rejecting Noteholder Pool shall be maintained in trust solely for holders of Notes Claims that Opt-Out of the Third Party Release contained in Article VIII of the Plan and/or vote to reject the Plan. Such funds shall not be considered property of the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor; provided that any funds remaining in the Rejecting Noteholder Pool after all Distributions have been made shall be distributed to and vest in the Reorganized Debtor.

5.

Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtor

On the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Confirmation Order, the Plan, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in, or entered into in connection with or pursuant to the Plan or Plan Supplement, all property in the Estate, all Causes of Action, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and any property acquired by the Debtor pursuant to the Plan shall vest in the Reorganized Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court, and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.

6.

Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.

On the Effective Date, except with respect to the Promissory Note, if necessary, and except to the extent otherwise provided in the Plan, all notes, instruments, certificates, credit agreements, indentures, and other documents evidencing Claims, but not Interests, which are unimpaired, shall be deemed cancelled and the obligations of the Debtor thereunder, or in any way related thereto, shall be deemed satisfied in full, cancelled, discharged, and of no force or effect. Holders of, or parties to such cancelled instruments, Securities, and other documentation will have no rights arising from, or relating to, such instruments, Securities, and other documentation, or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided for pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but subject to any applicable provisions of Article VI thereof, the Notes Indentures shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to: (1) permit holders of Claims under the Notes Indentures to receive their respective distributions pursuant to this Plan; (2) permit the Reorganized Debtor and the Disbursing Agent, as applicable, to make distribution on account of the Allowed Claims under the Notes Indentures; and (3) permit the Notes Trustee to seek compensation and/or reimbursement of fees and expenses in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Except as provided in the Plan (including Article VI thereof), on the Effective Date, the Notes Trustee, and its respective agents, successors, and assigns, shall be automatically and fully discharged of all of their duties and obligations associated with the Notes Indentures. The commitments and obligations (if any) of the holders of the Notes to extend any further or future credit or financial accommodations to the Debtor, any of its subsidiaries or successors or assigns under the Notes Indentures, shall fully terminate and be of no further force or effect on the Effective Date.

7.

Managing Member and Officers of the Reorganized Debtor

Unless otherwise specified in the Plan Supplement, as of the Effective Date, the term of the current Managing Member of the Debtor shall remain unaffected. To the extent known, the identity of any new Managing Member will be disclosed in the Plan Supplement or prior to the Confirmation Hearing, consistent with section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Managing Member and each officer of the Reorganized Debtor shall serve from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the Organizational Documents and other constituent documents.

8.

Preservation of Causes of Action

In accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but subject to Article VIII of the Plan, the Reorganized Debtor, shall retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action of the Debtor, whether arising before or after the Petition Date, including any actions specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtor’s rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date, other than the Causes of Action explicitly released by the Debtor pursuant to the releases and exculpations contained in the Plan, including in Article VIII of the Plan, which shall be deemed released and waived by the Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor as of the Effective Date.

The Reorganized Debtor may pursue such retained Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized Debtor. No Entity (other than the Released Parties) may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtor or the Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, will not pursue any and all available Causes of Action of the Debtor against it. The Debtor and the Reorganized Debtor expressly reserve all rights to prosecute any and all Causes of Action against any Entity, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII thereof. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtor against an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Final Order, the Reorganized Debtor expressly preserves all Causes of Action, for later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon, after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation of the Plan.

The Reorganized Debtor reserves and shall retain such Causes of Action of the Debtor notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Case or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Causes of Action that the Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized Debtor, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, including Article VIII thereof. The Reorganized Debtor, through its authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtor shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

V.

THE DEBTORS CORPORATE HISTORY, STRUCTURE, AND BUSINESS OVERVIEW

A.

Medley Business and Organizational Structure

The Company operates an alternative asset management firm offering yield solutions to retail and institutional investors. The Company was founded in 2006. The Debtor was formed on October 27, 2010 in connection with a reorganization of the Company’s corporate structure. The Company focuses its business on credit-related investment strategies, historically originating senior secured loans to private middle market companies in the United States that have revenues between $50 million and $1 billion. As of the Petition Date, the Company has approximately $1.3 billion in Fee Earning Assets Under Management.5


The Debtor calculates its FEAUM on a quarterly basis.  The Debtor’s estimated FEAUM as of the Petition Date is based on the most recent quarterly calculation as of the end of 2020.

The Company provides investment management services to a permanent capital vehicle, long-dated private funds, and separately managed accounts, and serves as the general partner to the private funds. The business is currently comprised of one reportable segment, the investment management segment, through which the Company conducts substantially all of its business.

The Debtor conducts all of its business through its consolidated, non-debtor subsidiaries. The vast majority of the Debtor’s day-to-day operations are conducted through its direct subsidiary, Medley Capital LLC (“Medley Capital”). As of the date hereof, Medley Capital employs all of the Company’s 48 employees (the Debtor has no employees), is the counterparty to substantially all of the Company’s vendor contracts, and is the lessee under the Company’s commercial lease for its corporate headquarters.

The Debtor does not earn revenues directly from the Company’s clients but provides advisory services to those clients through certain of its non-debtor subsidiaries (collectively, the “Advisors”).6 The Advisors are generally organized for the purpose of providing services specific to a particular client or subset of clients. These services are typically governed by an investment management agreement (an “IMA”) or other documents that describe the terms of the engagement of the Advisor by the respective client(s). The IMAs or other governing documents are typically subject to the client’s right to terminate the agreement at will. Each of the Advisors is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and regulated under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Advisors that were the largest revenue-generators for the Company were SIC Advisors, LLC (“SIC Advisors”) and MCC Advisors, LLC (“MCC Advisors”). SIC Advisors and MCC Advisors generated revenues of approximately $12,200,0007 and $6,900,000, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2020, and respectively represented 43.8% and 14.5% of the aggregate amount of the Company’s FEAUM. However, as discussed further below, effective on January 1, 2021, Medley Capital Corporation created an internalized management structure that replaced the services provided under the IMA and administration agreements with MCC Advisors.

The Advisors earn fees based on the terms of the IMA or other contract(s) entered into with each of their respective clients. With respect to clients that are private funds or separately managed accounts, these fees generally include management fees, administrative fees, and certain incentive fees. The management fees are calculated quarterly at an annual rate of 0.75% to 2.00% of the value of capital accounts or the value of the investments held by the client, and are paid in cash in advance or in arrears depending on each specific contract. The administrative fees that are payable by each client are set forth in the IMA or other contract(s) for each client and are payable quarterly in arrears. Finally, the incentive fees generally are in an amount equal to 15% to 20% of the realized cash derived from an investment, subject to a cumulative annualized preferred return to the client, as applicable of 6% to 8%, which is in turn subject to a 50% to 100% catch-up allocation to the Advisor. Specifically with respect to SIC Advisors’ client, Sierra Income Corporation, SIC Advisors generally receives (i) a base management fee calculated quarterly at an annual rate of 1.75% of gross assets, payable quarterly in arrears, (ii) a subordinated incentive fee on income, and (iii) an incentive fee on capital gains.


6 Generally, funds and securities of clients advised by investment adviser affiliates of the Debtor are held in accounts in the name of such clients by qualified custodians in accordance with requirements of Section 206(4)-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.  As such, client assets are not part of the Debtor’s estate, nor are they available or at risk to satisfy the debts or any obligation of the Debtor or any of its investment adviser affiliates.

7 In addition to the above, SIC Advisors’ client, Sierra Income Corporation, also paid administrative fees to Medley Capital in the amount of approximately $2,300,000 in 2020.

In turn, and as described more fully in the Cash Management Motion (defined below), the Advisors provide periodic ordinary course fee income and distributions to the Debtor. The Debtor subsequently makes ordinary course capital contributions of those amounts throughout the Company—primarily to MDLY and Medley Capital—to fund payroll, insurance, withholding and other taxes and other operating expenses. The Debtor’s relationship with MDLY, including its funding obligations to MDLY, is governed by that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LCC, dated as of September 23, 2014. The Debtor’s relationship with Medley Capital, including its funding obligations to Medley Capital, is governed by that certain Services and Licensing Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2017.

The Company’s senior management team has on average over 20 years of experience in credit, including originating, underwriting, principal investing and loan structuring. The Company generated approximately $31,700,000 in revenue in 2020. The Debtor has $5,422,369 in assets and, as discussed more fully below, approximately $140,752,116 in liabilities as of the end of 2020.

B.

The Debtors Prepetition Capital Structure

In light of the nature of the Debtor’s corporate structure, the Debtor has a streamlined capital structure with no secured debt and minimal trade debt. The Debtor’s prepetition indebtedness consists of (i) obligations owing under certain senior unsecured notes issued by the Debtor in 2016 and 2017, as described further below (the “Notes Claims”), (ii) the Strategic Claim (defined below), and (iii) certain other claims or potential liabilities that may periodically arise in connection with the ordinary course of the Debtor’s business and its role within the Company. A summary of the Debtor’s capital structure is provided below.

i.

The Notes Claims

On August 9, 2016 and October 18, 2016, , the Debtor issued debt consisting of $53,600,000 in aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes due in 2026 at a stated coupon rate of 6.875% (the “2026 Notes”). The 2026 Notes are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trade thereon under the trading symbol “MDLX.” The aggregate principal amount outstanding on the 2026 Notes is approximately $53,600,000 as of the Petition Date.

Further, on January 18, 2017 and February 22, 2017, the Debtor issued $69,000,000 million in aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes due in 2024 at a stated coupon rate of 7.25% (the “2024 Notes,” and collectively with the 2026 Notes, the “Notes”). The 2024 Notes are also listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trade thereon under the trading symbol “MDLQ.” The aggregate principal amount outstanding on the 2024 Notes is approximately $69,000,000 as of the Petition Date.

Prior to the Notes issuances, the Debtor had been indebted as borrower under a term loan facility with certain institutional lenders. The Debtor utilized the net proceeds of the Notes issuances to pay off the balance of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness under the term loan facility. The balance of the net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.

The quarterly interest expense on the 2026 notes is approximately $900,000. The quarterly interest expense on the 2024 Notes is approximately $1,300,000. The Debtor has not paid the quarterly interest payment that came due on the 2024 Notes on February 1, 2021, or the quarterly interest payment that came due on the 2026 Notes on February 16, 2021. The indentures governing each of the Notes provide the Debtor with a 30-day grace period, through March 3, 2021 and March 18, 2021 for the 2024 Notes and the 2026 Notes, respectively, before either of the missed payments may be treated as an event of default under the terms of the Notes

ii.

The Strategic Claim

Strategic Capital Advisory Services, LLC (“Strategic”) was a minority interest holder in SIC Advisors. In order to purchase Strategic’s minority interest, the Debtor entered into a letter agreement, dated as of December 31, 2018 (the “Letter Agreement”) with Strategic, pursuant to which the Debtor provided consideration in the amount of $14,000,000 (the “Strategic Obligations”) to redeem Strategic’s minority interest in SIC Advisors. The Letter Agreement provided that the Strategic Obligations were payable in sixteen (16) equal quarterly installments, from January 15, 2019 through August 5, 2022.

Due to the ongoing economic impact of COVID-19, the Company did not make the installment payment that was due in May 2020, and commenced discussions with Strategic in an attempt to defer or restructure the remaining installments under the Letter Agreement. As a result of these discussions, the Debtor and Strategic entered into an amendment to the original Letter Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2020 (the “Amended Letter Agreement”), which, among other things, revised the payment terms under the original Letter Agreement. Pursuant to the Amended Letter Agreement, the Debtor and Strategic agreed that the $8,750,000 remaining balance owing by the Debtor to Strategic would be paid according to the following schedule:

Payment Date

Payment Amount

August 5, 2020

$700,000

November 5, 2020

$350,000

February 5, 2021

$350,000

May 5, 2021

$350,000

August 5, 2021

$1,000,000

November 5, 2021

$1,000,000

February 5, 2022

$1,000,000

May 5, 2022

$1,000,000

August 5, 2022

$1,000,000

November 5, 2022

$1,000,000

February 5, 2023

$1,000,000

TOTAL

$8,750,000

As of the Petition Date, the outstanding balance owed by the Debtor to Strategic is $7,700,000 (the “Strategic Claim”). The Debtor did not pay the installment that came due on February 5, 2021.

iii.

Other Potential Liabilities

In addition to the foregoing, the Debtor may incur obligations or become subject to other potential liabilities in the ordinary course of its business. Among other things, the Debtor may incur obligations owing to the Company’s professionals and advisors and certain other service providers in the ordinary course of its business. Additionally, the Debtor may also become engaged in litigation. The Debtor is currently named as a defendant in a putative class action captioned, Solomon et al. v. American Web Loan, Inc., et al. (E.D. Va., Case No. 4:17-cv-145)—though it appears possible that the Debtor will not be required to pay any judgment or settlement amounts in connection with this litigation, the outcome of the litigation is yet to be determined. Moreover, the Debtor is the guarantor on the commercial property lease with Vornado Realty Trust pursuant to which Medley Capital leases the Company’s executive office space.

Furthermore, on September 17, 2019 the staff of the SEC’s Division of Enforcement (the “Staff”) informed the Company that it was conducting an informal inquiry and requested the production and preservation of certain documents and records. The Company fully cooperated with the Staff’s informal inquiry and began voluntarily providing the Staff with any requested documents.

By letter dated December 18, 2019, the Staff advised the Company that a formal order of private investigation (the “Order”) had been issued and that the informal inquiry was now a formal investigation. The Order indicated that the investigation relates to Section 17(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, and Sections 206(1), 206(2), and 206(4) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 206(4)-8, Sections 13(a) and 14(a) of the Exchange Act and Rules 12b-20, 13a-1, 13a-11, 13a-13, and 14a-9 thereunder. The Company continues to cooperate fully with the investigation.

The Company cannot predict the outcome of, or the timeframe for, the conclusion of this investigation. An adverse outcome could have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations.

iv.

Equity Holders

As of the Petition Date, Medley Management Inc. holds approximately 98% of the equity interests of the Debtor. The balance of the Debtor’s equity interests are held by Freedom 2021 LLC.Freedom 2021 LLC is controlled by Seth Taube.

C.

Events Leading to the Filing of the Chapter 11 Case and the Debtors Proposed Chapter 11 Plan And Solicitation Procedures

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had approximately $2,800,000,000 in FEAUM, and total revenues of approximately $56,500,000.

During 2018 and 2019, the Company pursued a number of strategic transactions, including the contemplated tri-party mergers with Medley Capital Corporation (“MCC”)8 and Sierra Income Corporation (“Sierra, and collectively with the Company and MCC, the “Merger Parties”), which were clients of Advisors at the time.9After the Merger Parties executed a merger agreement, in February 2019, stockholders commenced a stockholder class action against MCC in the Delaware Chancery Court which was resolved in December 2019. The Merger Parties continued to pursue the merger transaction while the litigation was pending. No merger transaction ultimately occurred. At the same time, a reduction in leverage and declines in fund values at the Company’s permanent capital vehicles (Sierra and MCC), as well as investment realizations and changes in fund values at the Company’s long-dated private funds and separately managed accounts resulted in further declines in FEAUM. By December 31, 2019, the Company’s FEAUM was $2,100,000,000 and revenues were approximately $48,800,000, a decline of 23.2% and 13.6%, respectively.

The Company experienced significant additional FEAUM declines in 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic contributed to a material decline in FEAUM in the first half of 2020.  Further, as noted above, on November 18, 2020, the board of directors of MCC Advisors’ client, MCC, approved the adoption of an internalized management structure effective January 1, 2021. As a result, the MCC Advisors’ IMA and administrative agreement with MCC expired on December 31, 2020, resulting in the loss of this client. These factors contributed to an approximate 38% annual decline (2020 vs. 2019) in the Company’s FEAUM to approximately $1,300,000,000.

These factors resulted in a liquidity strain that adversely impacted the Debtor’s ability to service the interest obligations owing on the Notes. As a result, on January 7, 2021, the Company engaged B. Riley Securities Inc. (the Debtor’s proposed investment banker and financial advisor) to assist in analyzing various strategic financial alternatives to address its capital structure, including restructuring the capital structure and other contractual obligations, with a particularized focus on the Notes Claims. The Debtor considered a number of alternatives, including an out-of-court exchange offer of debt for cash, debt for debt, debt for equity, or a combination thereof. However, the Debtor ultimately determined that due to the retail nature of the bonds, an out-of-court restructuring would be largely unworkable and ultimately pivoted to the proposed reorganization of the Notes Claims pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.


8 As of January 1, 2021, MCC changed its name to PhenixFIN Corporation.

9 As set forth above and below, MCC is no longer a client of Advisors.

The Debtor determined that the most effective path for maximizing profitability and ultimately, value, for all of its stakeholders was to pursue an efficient debt restructuring through the present Chapter 11 Case. To that end, the Debtor is filing the Plan on, or promptly after, the Petition Date, which will provide for, among other things, the issuance of equity interests in MDLY in full satisfaction of the Notes Claims, and the modification of the amount and payment terms of the Strategic Claim.

The structure of the Plan proposed by the Debtor and Medley Management is critical to the success of this Chapter 11 Case and maximizing value for all stakeholders. The Plan is designed to avoid a change of control event through the Chapter 11 Case and to limit the potential for client defections. As illustrated by the termination of the Company’s relationship with MCC, at the end of 2020, a loss of a client can have material adverse consequences in the business. The proposed Plan seeks to avoid a change of control in order to allow the Company to maintain its client base and properly restructure its business and operations during and after this Chapter 11 Case.

VI.

MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS AND ANTICIPATED EVENTS OF THE CHAPTER 11 CASE

A.

First Day Relief

On the Petition Date, along with its voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Petition”), the Debtor filed several motions (the “First Day Motions”) designed to facilitate the administration of the Chapter 11 Case and minimize disruption to the Debtor’s operations, by, among other things, easing the strain on the Debtor’s relationships with employees, vendors, and investment contract counter-parties following the commencement of the Chapter 11 Case. The First Day Motions, and all orders for relief granted in the Chapter 11 Case, can be viewed free of charge at www.kccllc.net/Medley.

The First Day Motions include the below motions, and related entered orders:

Administrative/Case Management Motions

i.

Application for Entry of an Order Appointing Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC as Claims and Noticing Agent Effective Nunc Pro Tunc to the Petition Date [Docket No. ●], which was granted by an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered on [●] [Docket No. ●].

Operational Motions

ii.

Debtors Motion for Entry of Interim and Final Orders (I) Authorizing, but not Directing, the Debtor to Continue and Maintain its Existing Cash Management System, Bank Account and Business Forms, (II) Authorizing the Continuation of Ordinary-Course Intercompany Transactions, and (III) Granting Related Relief [Docket No. ●], which was granted by orders of the Bankruptcy Court entered on [●] [Docket Nos. ●] (the “Cash Management Motion”).

B.

Professional Retention

The Debtor has filed the following applications for retention of Professionals in the Chapter 11 Case:

[TO BE UPDATED PRIOR TO SOLICITATION]

VII.

RISK FACTORS

Holders of Claims should read and consider carefully the risk factors set forth below before voting to accept or reject the Plan. Although there are many risk factors discussed below, these factors should not be regarded as constituting the only risks present in connection with the Debtor’s business or the Plan and its implementation.

A.

Bankruptcy Law Considerations

The occurrence or non-occurrence of any or all of the following contingencies, and any others, could affect distributions available to holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan, but will not necessarily affect the validity of the vote of the Impaired Classes to accept or reject the Plan or necessarily require a re-solicitation of the votes of holders of Claims in such Impaired Classes.

1.

Parties in Interest May Object to the Plans Classification of Claims and Interests

Section 1122 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a plan may place a claim or an equity interest in a particular class only if such claim or equity interest is substantially similar to the other claims or equity interests in such class. The Debtor believes that the classification of the Claims and Interests under the Plan complies with the requirements set forth in the Bankruptcy Code because the Debtor created Classes of Claims and Interests each encompassing Claims or Interests, as applicable, that are substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests, as applicable, in each such Class. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion.

2.

The Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan May Not Occur.

As more fully set forth in Article IX of the Plan, the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date of the Plan are subject to a number of conditions precedent. If such conditions precedent are not met or waived, the Confirmation Date or the Effective Date will not take place.

3.

The Debtor May Fail to Satisfy Vote Requirements

If votes are received in number and amount sufficient to enable the Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan, the Debtor intends to seek, as promptly as practicable thereafter, Confirmation of the Plan. In the event that sufficient votes are not received, the Debtor may seek to confirm an alternative chapter 11 plan or transaction. There can be no assurance that the terms of any such alternative chapter 11 plan or other transaction would be similar or as favorable to the holders of Allowed Interests and Allowed Claims as those proposed in the Plan and the Debtor does not believe that any such transaction exists, or is likely to exist, that would be more beneficial to the Estate than the Plan.

4.

The Debtor May Not Be Able to Secure Confirmation of the Plan

Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code sets forth the requirements for confirmation of a chapter 11 plan, and requires, among other things, a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that: (a) such plan “does not unfairly discriminate” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to any non-accepting classes; (b) confirmation of such plan is not likely to be followed by a liquidation or a need for further financial reorganization unless such liquidation or reorganization is contemplated by the plan; and (c) the value of distributions to non-accepting holders of claims or equity interests within a particular class under such plan will not be less than the value of distributions such holders would receive if the debtor was liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

There can be no assurance that the requisite acceptances to confirm the Plan will be received. Even if the requisite acceptances are received, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan. A non-accepting holder of an Allowed Claim might challenge either the adequacy of this Disclosure Statement or whether the balloting procedures and voting results satisfy the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable. Even if the Bankruptcy Court determines that this Disclosure Statement, the balloting procedures, and voting results are appropriate, the Bankruptcy Court could still decline to confirm the Plan if it finds that any of the statutory requirements for Confirmation are not met. If a chapter 11 plan of reorganization is not confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, it is unclear whether the Debtor will be able to reorganize its business and what, if anything, holders of Interests and Allowed Claims against it would ultimately receive.

The Debtor reserves the right to modify the terms and conditions of the Plan as necessary for Confirmation. Any such modifications could result in less favorable treatment of any non-accepting class of Claims or Interests, as well as any class junior to such non-accepting class, than the treatment currently provided in the Plan. Such a less favorable treatment could include a distribution of property with a lesser value than currently provided for in the Plan or no distribution whatsoever under the Plan.

5.

Nonconsensual Confirmation

In the event that any impaired class of claims or interests does not accept a chapter 11 plan, a bankruptcy court may nevertheless confirm a plan at the proponent’s request if at least one impaired class (as defined under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code) has accepted the plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and, as to each impaired class that has not accepted the plan, the bankruptcy court determines that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the dissenting impaired class(es). The Debtor believes that the Plan satisfies these requirements, and the Debtor may request such nonconsensual Confirmation in accordance with subsection 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach this conclusion. In addition, the pursuit of nonconsensual Confirmation or Consummation of the Plan may result in, among other things, increased expenses relating to professional compensation.

6.

The Chapter 11 Case May Be Converted to a Case under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code

If the Bankruptcy Court finds that it would be in the best interest of creditors and/or the debtor in a chapter 11 case, the Bankruptcy Court may convert a chapter 11 bankruptcy case to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. In such event, a chapter 7 trustee would be appointed or elected to liquidate the debtor’s assets for distribution in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtor believes that liquidation under chapter 7 would result in significantly smaller distributions being made to creditors than those provided for in a chapter 11 plan because of: (a) the likelihood that the assets would have to be sold or otherwise disposed of in a disorderly fashion over a short period of time, rather than reorganizing or selling the business as a going concern at a later time in a controlled manner, (b) additional administrative expenses involved in the appointment of a chapter 7 trustee, and (c) additional expenses and Claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, that would be generated during the liquidation, including Claims resulting from the rejection of Unexpired Leases and other Executory Contracts in connection with cessation of operations.

7.

The Debtor May Object to the Amount or Classification of a Claim

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Debtor reserves the right to object to the amount or classification of any Claim under the Plan. The estimates set forth in this Disclosure Statement cannot be relied upon by any holder of a Claim where such Claim is subject to an objection. Any holder of a Claim that is subject to an objection thus may not receive its expected share of the estimated distributions described in this Disclosure Statement.

8.

Contingencies Could Affect Votes of Impaired Classes to Accept or Reject the Plan

The distributions available to holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan can be affected by a variety of contingencies, including, without limitation, whether the Bankruptcy Court orders certain Allowed Claims to be subordinated to other Allowed Claims. The occurrence of any and all such contingencies, which could affect distributions available to holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan, will not affect the validity of the vote taken by the Impaired Classes to accept or reject the Plan or require any sort of revote by the Impaired Classes.

The estimated Claims and creditor recoveries set forth in this Disclosure Statement are based on various assumptions, and the actual Allowed amounts of Claims may significantly differ from the estimates. Should one or more of the underlying assumptions ultimately prove to be incorrect, the actual Allowed amounts of Claims may vary materially from the estimated Claims contained in this Disclosure Statement. Moreover, the Debtor cannot determine with any certainty at this time, the number or amount of Claims that will ultimately be Allowed. Such differences may materially and adversely affect, among other things, the percentage recoveries to holders of Allowed Claims under the Plan.

9.

Releases, Injunctions, and Exculpation Provisions May Not Be Approved

Article VIII of the Plan provides for certain releases, injunctions, and exculpations, including a release of liens and third-party releases that may otherwise be asserted against the Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, or Released Parties, as applicable. The releases, injunctions, and exculpations provided in the Plan are subject to objection by parties in interest and may not be approved. If the releases are not approved, certain Released Parties may withdraw their support for the Plan.

The releases provided to the Released Parties, and the exculpation provided to the Exculpated Parties, is necessary to the success of the Debtor’s reorganization because the Released Parties and Exculpated Parties have made significant contributions to the Debtor’s reorganizational efforts that are integral to the success of the Plan and have agreed to make further contributions, including to facilitate a critical source of post-emergence liquidity, but only if they receive the full benefit of the Plan’s release and exculpation provisions.

10.

The Debtor Cannot Predict the Amount of Time Spent in Bankruptcy for the Purpose of Implementing the Plan, and a Lengthy Bankruptcy Proceeding Could Disrupt the Debtors Business, as Well as Impair the Prospect for Reorganization on the Terms Contained in the Plan

The Debtor estimates that the process of obtaining Confirmation and Consummation of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court could last approximately ninety (90) days from the Petition Date, but it could last considerably longer if, for example, Confirmation is contested, or the conditions to Confirmation or Consummation are not satisfied or waived.

Although the Plan is designed to minimize the length of the bankruptcy proceedings, it is impossible to predict with certainty the amount of time that the Debtor may spend in bankruptcy, and the Debtor cannot be certain that the Plan will be confirmed. Even if confirmed on a timely basis, a bankruptcy proceeding to confirm the Plan could itself have an adverse effect on the Debtor’s business. There is a risk, due to uncertainty about the Debtor’s future that, among other things:

The Debtor’s Management and the Company’s employees could be distracted from performance of their duties or more easily attracted to other career opportunities;

key clients may choose to switch to a competitor; and

suppliers, vendors, or other business partners could terminate their relationship with the Debtor or demand financial assurances (including contract counter-parties, many of whom may have the option to terminate their contracts at will) or enhanced performance, any of which could impair the Debtor’s prospects.

A lengthy bankruptcy proceeding also would involve additional expenses and divert the attention of management from the operation of the Debtor’s business.

The disruption that the bankruptcy process would have on the Debtor’s business could increase with the length of time it takes to complete the Chapter 11 Case. If the Debtor is unable to obtain Confirmation of the Plan on a timely basis, because of a challenge to the Plan or otherwise, the Debtor may be forced to operate in bankruptcy for an extended period of time while it tries to develop a different plan of reorganization that can be confirmed. A protracted bankruptcy case could increase both the probability and the magnitude of the adverse effects described above.

11.

Risk of Non-Occurrence of the Effective Date

Although the Debtor believes that the Effective Date may occur quickly after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing or as to whether the Effective Date will, in fact, occur. As more fully set forth in Article IX of the Plan, the Effective Date of the Plan is subject to a number of conditions precedent. If such conditions precedent are waived or not met, the Effective Date will not take place.

12.

Projections and Other Forward-Looking Statements Are Not Assured, and Actual Results May Vary

Certain of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement is, by nature, forward-looking, and may contain estimates and assumptions which might ultimately prove to be incorrect, or may contain projections which may be materially different from actual future experiences. There are uncertainties associated with any projections and estimates, and they should not be considered assurances or guarantees of the amount of funds or the amount of Claims in the various Classes that might be allowed.

B.

Risks Related to Recoveries under the Plan

1.

The Trading Price for MDLY Stock May Be Depressed Following the Effective Date

Assuming that the Effective Date occurs, shares of MDLY Stock will be issued to holders of Class 3 Notes Claims. Holders of such Claims that receive shares of MDLY Stock may seek to sell such securities in an effort to obtain liquidity. These sales could cause the trading price for the shares of MDLY Stock to be depressed.

2.

Certain Tax Implications of the Plan

Holders of Allowed Claims should carefully review Article XII of this Disclosure Statement entitled “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Plan” to determine how certain tax implications of the Plan and the Chapter 11 Case may affect the Debtor, the Reorganized Debtor, and certain holders of Claims or Interests, as well as certain tax implications of owning and disposing of the consideration to be received pursuant to the Plan.

3.

Potential Dilution by Other Issuances of Securities

The shares of MDLY Stock issued pursuant to the Plan will be subject to dilution from any other shares that may be issued post-emergence, including from conversion or exercise of any other options, warrants, convertible securities, exercisable securities, or other securities that may be issued post-emergence, including, but not limited to, any management incentive plan.

In the future, similar to all companies, additional equity financings or other share issuances by the Reorganized Debtor could adversely affect the value of MDLY Stock. The amount of dilutive effect of any of the foregoing could be material.

C.

Risks Related to the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors Business and MDLY Stock

1.

The Debtors Most Recent Form 10-K Provides a List of Risk Factors Related to Its Business

Holders of Claims and Interests are encouraged to review the Debtor’s most recently filed Form 10-K, Item 1A, which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, for a list of risk factors which may affect the Debtor’s and Reorganized Debtor’s Business, as applicable, and indirectly impact the value of MDLY Stock.

2.

Medley Managements Most Recent Form 10-K Provides a List of Risk Factors Related to Its Business and MDLY Stock

Holders of Claims and Interests are encouraged to review Medley Management’s most recently filed Form 10-K, Item 1A, which is attached hereto as Exhibit E, for a list of risk factors which may affect the Medley Management’s Business and the value of MDLY Stock.

Because of the risks and uncertainties associated with the Chapter 11 Case, the Debtor cannot accurately predict or quantify the ultimate impact of events that occur during the Chapter 11 Case that may be inconsistent with the Debtor’s plan and valuations.

VIII.

SOLICITATION AND VOTING PROCEDURES10

This Disclosure Statement, which is accompanied by a Ballot or Ballots to be used for voting on the Plan, is being distributed to the holders of Claims in those Classes that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

A.

Holders of Claims Entitled to Vote on the Plan

Under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, not all holders of claims against or interests in a debtor are entitled to vote on a chapter 11 plan. The table in Article III.C of this Disclosure Statement, entitled “Am I entitled to vote on the Plan?” provides a summary of the status and voting rights of each Class (and, therefore, of each holder within such Class absent an objection to the holder’s Claim or Interest) under the Plan.


10 Capitalized terms not defined in this section of the Disclosure Statement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Debtors Motion for Entry of an Order (I) Approving the Adequacy of Information in the Disclosure Statement, (II) Approving the Solicitation and Notice Procedures, (III) Approving the Forms of Ballots and Notices in Connection Therewith, (IV) Scheduling Certain Dates with Respect Thereto, and (V) Granting Related Relief, filed contemporaneously herewith.

As shown in the table, the Debtor is soliciting votes to accept or reject the Plan only from holders of Claims in Classes 3, 4, and 5 (the “Voting Classes”). The holders of Claims in the Voting Classes are Impaired under the Plan and will receive a distribution under the Plan. Accordingly, holders of Claims in the Voting Classes have the right to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

The Debtor is not soliciting votes from holders of Claims or Interests in Classes 1, 2, 6, or 7.

B.

Voting Record Date

The Voting Record Date is [April 14, 2021] (the “Voting Record Date”). The Voting Record Date is the date for determining (i) which holders of Claims in the Voting Classes are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and receive Solicitation Packages in connection therewith and (ii) whether Claims have been properly assigned or transferred to an assignee pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001(e) such that the assignee can vote as the holder of the respective Claim.

C.

Voting on the Plan

The Voting Deadline is [May 19] at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time). In order to be counted as votes to accept or reject the Plan, all ballots must be properly executed, completed, and delivered as directed, so that your ballot or the master ballot containing your vote is actually received by the Notice and Claims Agent on or before the Voting Deadline. Ballots returned by electronic mail or facsimile will not be counted.

1.

Holders of Claims in Classes 4 and 5

If you are a holder of a Claim in Class 4 or 5, you must submit your Ballot form through the Notice and Claims Agent’s online balloting portal or complete, sign, and date your Ballot and return it (with an original signature) promptly in the enclosed prepaid reply envelope or to the following address:

If sent by first-class mail, overnight mail, or hand delivery:

Medley Ballot Processing

c/o Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC

222 N. Pacific Coast Highway, Suite 300

El Segundo, California 90245

2.

Holders of Claims in Class 3 that are Notes Claims held through a Nominee

Holders of Notes Claims held in “street name” through a Nominee may vote on the Plan by the following method:

Complete and sign the enclosed Beneficial Holder Ballot. Return the Beneficial Holder Ballot to your Nominee as promptly as possible and in sufficient time to allow such Nominee to process your instructions and return a completed Master Ballot to the Notice and Claims Agent by the Voting Deadline. If no self-addressed, postage-paid envelope was enclosed for this purpose, contact the Notice and Claims Agent for instructions.

Any Beneficial Holder Ballot returned to a Nominee will not be counted for purposes of acceptance or rejection of the Plan until the Notice and Claims Agent receives such Master Ballot casting the vote of such holder.

If any holder holds Notes Claims through more than one Nominee, such holder may receive multiple mailings containing Beneficial Holder Ballots. The holder should execute a separate Beneficial Holder Ballot for each block of Notes Claims that it holds through any particular Nominee and return each Beneficial Holder Ballot to the respective Nominee in the return envelope provided therewith. Holders who execute multiple Beneficial Holder Ballots with respect to Notes Claims held through more than one Nominee must indicate on each Beneficial Holder Ballot the names of all such other Nominees and the additional amounts of such Notes Claims so held and voted.

A Nominee that, on the Class 3 Record Date, is the record holder of the Notes Claims for one or more holders can obtain the votes of the holders of such Notes Claims, consistent with customary practices for obtaining the votes of securities held in “street name,” in manner set forth in the following paragraph:

The Nominee may obtain the votes of holders by forwarding to the holders the unsigned Beneficial Holder Ballots—together with this Disclosure Statement, a pre-addressed, postage-paid return envelope provided by, and addressed to, the Nominee, and other materials requested to be forwarded. Each such holder must then indicate its vote on the Beneficial Holder Ballot, complete the information requested on the Beneficial Holder Ballot, review the certifications contained on the Beneficial Holder Ballot, execute the Beneficial Holder Ballot, and return the Beneficial Holder Ballot to the Nominee. After collecting the Beneficial Holder Ballots, the Nominee should, in turn, complete a Master Ballot compiling the votes and other information from the Beneficial Holder Ballots, execute the Master Ballot, and deliver the Master Ballot to the Notice and Claims Agent so that it is actually received by the Notice and Claims Agent on or before the Voting Deadline. All Beneficial Holder Ballots returned by holders should either be forwarded to the Notice and Claims Agent (along with the Master Ballot) or retained by Nominees for inspection for at least one year from the Voting Deadline. EACH NOMINEE SHOULD ADVISE ITS ELIGIBLE HOLDERS TO RETURN THEIR BENEFICIAL HOLDER BALLOTS TO THE NOMINEE BY A DATE CALCULATED BY THE NOMINEE TO ALLOW IT TO PREPARE AND RETURN THE MASTER BALLOT TO THE NOTICE AND CLAIMS AGENT SO THAT IT IS ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE NOTICE AND CLAIMS AGENT ON OR BEFORE THE VOTING DEADLINE.

D.

Ballots Not Counted

No ballot will be counted toward Confirmation if, among other things: (1) it is illegible or contains insufficient information to permit the identification of the holder of the Claim; (2) it was transmitted by means other than as specifically set forth in the ballots; (3) it was cast by an entity that is not entitled to vote on the Plan; (4) it was sent to the Debtor, the Debtor’s agents/representatives (other than the Notice and Claims Agent), the Indenture Trustee, or the Debtor’s financial or legal advisors instead of the Notice and Claims Agent; (5) it is unsigned; or (6) it is not clearly marked to either accept or reject the Plan, or it is marked both to accept and reject the Plan. Please refer to the Disclosure Statement Order for additional requirements with respect to voting to accept or reject the Plan.

ANY BALLOT RECEIVED AFTER THE VOTING DEADLINE, OR THAT IS OTHERWISE NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SOLICITATION AND VOTING PROCEDURES PROVIDED IN THIS ARTICLE IX OF THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, WILL NOT BE COUNTED.

If you have any questions about the solicitation or voting process, please contact the Notice and Claims Agent at (877) 634-7181 (toll free) or (424) 236-7226 (international) or via electronic mail to MedleyInfo@kccllc.com.

IX.

CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN

A.

Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan

Among the requirements for Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code are: (1) the Plan is accepted by all Impaired Classes of Claims or Interests, or if rejected by an Impaired Class, the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” as to the rejecting Impaired Class; (2) the Plan is feasible; and (3) the Plan is in the “best interests” of holders of Claims or Interests.

At the Confirmation Hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the Plan satisfies all of the requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtor believes that: (1) the Plan satisfies, or will satisfy, all of the necessary statutory requirements of chapter 11 for plan confirmation; (2) the Debtor has complied, or will have complied, with all of the necessary requirements of chapter 11 for plan confirmation; and (3) the Plan has been proposed in good faith.

B.

Best Interests of Creditors/Liquidation Analysis

Often called the “best interests” test, section 1129(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that a bankruptcy court find, as a condition to confirmation, that a chapter 11 plan provides, with respect to each impaired class, that each holder of a claim or an equity interest in such impaired class either (1) has accepted the plan, or (2) will receive or retain under the plan property of a value that is not less than the amount that the non-accepting holder would receive or retain if the Debtor liquidated under chapter 7.

Attached hereto as Exhibit B,and incorporated herein by reference, is a liquidation analysis (the “Liquidation Analysis”) prepared by the Debtor with the assistance of the Debtor’s advisors. As reflected in the Liquidation Analysis, the Debtor believes that liquidation of the Debtor’s business under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code would result in substantial diminution in the value to be realized by holders of Claims or Interests as compared to distributions contemplated under the Plan. Also, attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated herein by reference, is a valuation analysis of the Reorganized Debtor (the “Valuation Analysis”). Consequently, the Debtor and its management believe that Confirmation of the Plan will provide a substantially greater return to holders of Claims or Interests than would a liquidation under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

If the Plan is not confirmed, and the Debtor fails to propose and confirm an alternative plan of reorganization, the Debtor’s business may be liquidated pursuant to the provisions of a chapter 11 liquidating plan. In liquidations under chapter 11, the Debtor’s assets could be sold in an orderly fashion over a more extended period of time than in a liquidation under chapter 7. Thus, a chapter 11 liquidation may result in larger recoveries than a chapter 7 liquidation, but the delay in distributions could result in lower present values received and higher administrative costs. Any distribution to holders of Claims or Interests (to the extent holders of Interests would receive distributions at all) under a chapter 11 liquidation plan would most likely be substantially delayed. Most importantly, the Debtor believes that any distributions to creditors in a chapter 11 liquidation scenario would be less than what is to be distributed under the Plan. Accordingly, the Debtor believes that a chapter 11 liquidation would not result in distributions as favorable as those under the Plan.

C.

Feasibility

Section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code requires that confirmation of a plan of reorganization is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization of the debtor, or any successor to the debtor (unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in such plan of reorganization).

D.

Acceptance by Impaired Classes

The Bankruptcy Code requires, as a condition to confirmation, except as described in the following section, that each class of claims or equity interests impaired under a plan, accept the plan. A class that is not “impaired” under a plan is deemed to have accepted the plan and, therefore, solicitation of acceptances with respect to such a class is not required.11

Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code defines acceptance of a plan by a class of impaired claims as acceptance by holders of at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in a number of allowed claims in that class, counting only those claims that have actually voted to accept or to reject the plan. Thus, a class of Claims will have voted to accept the Plan only if two-thirds in amount and a majority in number of the Allowed Claims in such class that vote on the Plan actually cast their ballots in favor of acceptance.


11 A class of claims is “impaired” within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code unless the plan (a) leaves unaltered the legal, equitable and contractual rights to which the claim or equity interest entitles the holder of such claim or equity interest or (b) cures any default, reinstates the original terms of such obligation, compensates the holder for certain damages or losses, as applicable, and does not otherwise alter the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which such claim or equity interest entitles the holder of such claim or equity interest.

Section 1126(d) of the Bankruptcy Code defines acceptance of a plan by a class of impaired equity interests as acceptance by holders of at least two-thirds in amount of allowed interests in that class, counting only those interests that have actually voted to accept or to reject the plan. Thus, a Class of Interests will have voted to accept the Plan only if two-thirds in amount of the Allowed Interests in such class that vote on the Plan actually cast their ballots in favor of acceptance.

Pursuant to Article III.E of the Plan, if a Class contains Claims eligible to vote and no holders of Claims eligible to vote in such Class vote to accept or reject the Plan, the holders of such Claims in such Class shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

E.

Confirmation Without Acceptance by All Impaired Classes

Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code allows a bankruptcy court to confirm a plan even if all impaired classes have not accepted it; provided that the plan has been accepted by at least one impaired class. Pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, notwithstanding an impaired class’s rejection, or deemed rejection, of the plan, the plan will be confirmed, at the plan proponent’s request, in a procedure commonly known as a “cramdown” so long as the plan does not “discriminate unfairly,” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to each class of claims or equity interests that is impaired under, and has not accepted, the plan.

If any Impaired Class rejects the Plan, the Debtor reserves the right to seek to confirm the Plan utilizing the “cramdown” provision of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. To the extent that any Impaired Class rejects the Plan or is deemed to have rejected the Plan, the Debtor may request Confirmation of the Plan, as it may be modified from time to time, under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Debtor reserves the right to alter, amend, modify, revoke, or withdraw the Plan or any Plan Supplement document, including the right to amend or modify the Plan or any Plan Supplement document to satisfy the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.

No Unfair Discrimination

The “unfair discrimination” test applies to classes of claims or interests that are of equal priority and are receiving different treatment under a plan. The test does not require that the treatment be the same or equivalent, but that treatment be “fair.” In general, bankruptcy courts consider whether a plan discriminates unfairly in its treatment of classes of claims or interests of equal rank (e.g., classes of the same legal character). Bankruptcy courts will take into account a number of factors in determining whether a plan discriminates unfairly. A plan could treat two classes of unsecured creditors differently without unfairly discriminating against either class.

2.

Fair and Equitable Test

The “fair and equitable” test applies to classes of different priority and status (e.g., secured versus unsecured) and includes the general requirement that no class of claims receive more than 100 percent of the amount of the allowed claims in the class. As to the dissenting class, the test sets different standards depending upon the type of claims or equity interests in the class.

The Debtor submits that if the Debtor effectuates a “cramdown” of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan is structured so that it does not “discriminate unfairly” and satisfies the “fair and equitable” requirement. With respect to the unfair discrimination requirement, all Classes under the Plan are provided treatment that is substantially equivalent to the treatment that is provided to other Classes that have equal rank. With respect to the fair and equitable requirement, no Class under the Plan will receive more than 100 percent of the amount of Allowed Claims or Interests in that Class. The Debtor believes that the Plan and the treatment of all Classes of Claims or Interests under the Plan satisfy the foregoing requirements for nonconsensual Confirmation of the Plan.

X.

CERTAIN SECURITIES LAW MATTERS

The Debtor believes that the MDLY Stock to be issued pursuant to the Plan will be “securities,” as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act, section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code, and any applicable state securities law (a “Blue Sky Law”). The Debtor further believes that the offer, sale, issuance, and distribution of the MDLY Stock by Medley Management pursuant to the Plan is exempt from federal and state securities registration requirements under various provisions of the Securities Act, the Bankruptcy Code, and any applicable state Blue Sky Law as described in more detail below.

A.

Issuance of Securities under the Plan

As discussed herein, the Plan provides for the offer, issuance, sale, and distribution by Medley Management of the MDLY Stock (collectively, the “1145 Securities”).

Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that Section 5 of the Securities Act and any state law requirements for the issuance of a security do not apply to the offer or sale of stock, options, warrants, or other securities by a debtor if (a) the offer or sale occurs under a plan of reorganization, (b) the recipients of the securities hold a claim against, an interest in, or claim for administrative expense against, the debtor, and (c) the securities are issued in exchange for a claim against or interest in a debtor or are issued principally in such exchange or partly for cash and property. The Debtor believe that the issuance of the 1145 Securities, and all shares of MDLY Stock that constitute 1145 Securities, in exchange for the Claims and Interests described above satisfy the requirements of section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Accordingly, no registration statement will be filed under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. Recipients of the MDLY Stock are advised to consult with their own legal advisors as to the availability of any exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state Blue Sky Law.

B.

Subsequent Transfers

The 1145 Securities may be freely transferred by most recipients following the initial issuance under the Plan, and all resales and subsequent transfers of the 1145 Securities are exempt from registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws, unless the holder is an “underwriter” with respect to such securities. Section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code defines an “underwriter” as one who, except with respect to “ordinary trading transactions” of an entity that is not an “issuer”: (a) purchases a claim against, interest in, or claim for an administrative expense in the case concerning the debtor, if such purchase is with a view to distribution of any security received or to be received in exchange for such claim or interest; (b) offers to sell securities offered or sold under a plan for the holders of such securities; (c) offers to buy securities offered or sold under a plan from the holders of such securities, if such offer to buy is (i) with a view to distribution of such securities and (ii) under an agreement made in connection with the plan, with the consummation of the plan, or with the offer or sale of securities under the plan; or (d) is an issuer of the securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act. In addition, a person who receives a fee in exchange for purchasing an issuer’s securities could also be considered an underwriter within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

The definition of an “issuer” for purposes of whether a person is an underwriter under section 1145(b)(1)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code, by reference to section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, includes as “statutory underwriters” all persons who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, an issuer of securities. The reference to “issuer,” as used in the definition of “underwriter” contained in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, is intended to cover “Controlling Persons” of the issuer of the securities. “Control,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise. Accordingly, an officer or director of a reorganized debtor or its successor under a plan of reorganization may be deemed to be a “Controlling Person” of the debtor or successor, particularly if the management position or directorship is coupled with ownership of a significant percentage of the reorganized debtor’s or its successor’s voting securities. In addition, the legislative history of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code suggests that a creditor who owns ten percent or more of a class of securities of a reorganized debtor may be presumed to be a “Controlling Person” and, therefore, an underwriter.

Resales of 1145 Securities by entities deemed to be “underwriters” (which definition includes “Controlling Persons”) are not exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law. Under certain circumstances, holders of MDLY Stock who are deemed to be “underwriters” may be entitled to resell their MDLY Stock pursuant to the limited safe harbor resale provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Generally, Rule 144 of the Securities Act would permit the public sale of securities received by such Person if the required holding period has been met and, under certain circumstances, current information regarding the issuer is publicly available and volume limitations, manner of sale requirements and certain other conditions are met. Whether any particular Person would be deemed to be an “underwriter” (including whether the Person is a “Controlling Person”) with respect to the MDLY Stock would depend upon various facts and circumstances applicable to that Person. Accordingly, the Debtor expresses no view as to whether any Person would be deemed an “underwriter” with respect to the MDLY Stock and, in turn, whether any Person may freely resell MDLY Stock.

PERSONS WHO RECEIVE SECURITIES UNDER THE PLAN ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN LEGAL ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE UNDER THE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD IN RELIANCE ON SUCH LAWS. THE FOREGOING SUMMARY DISCUSSION IS GENERAL IN NATURE AND HAS BEEN INCLUDED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SOLELY FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES. THE DEBTOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING, AND DOES NOT PROVIDE, ANY OPINIONS OR ADVICE WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES OR THE BANKRUPTCY MATTERS DESCRIBED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. IN LIGHT OF THE UNCERTAINTY CONCERNING THE AVAILABILITY OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS, WE ENCOURAGE EACH RECIPIENT OF SECURITIES AND PARTY IN INTEREST TO CONSIDER CAREFULLY AND CONSULT WITH ITS OWN LEGAL ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO ALL SUCH MATTERS. BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A SECURITY IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR WHETHER A PARTICULAR RECIPIENT OF SECURITIES MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER, WE MAKE NO REPRESENTATION CONCERNING THE ABILITY OF A PERSON TO DISPOSE OF THE SECURITIES ISSUED UNDER THE PLAN.

XI.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN

[TO BE ADDED PRIOR TO HEARING ON THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT]

XII.

RECOMMENDATION

In the opinion of the Plan Proponents, the Plan is preferable to all other available alternatives and provides for a larger, and likely the only, distribution to the Debtor’s creditors than would otherwise result in any other scenario. Accordingly, the Plan Proponents recommend that holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan vote to accept the Plan and support Confirmation of the Plan.

Dated: March 7, 2021

MEDLEY LLC

/s/ Richard T. Allorto, Jr.

Name: Richard T. Allorto, Jr.

Title: Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT A

Plan of Reorganization

EXHIBIT B

Liquidation Analysis

[TO BE FILED PRIOR TO DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HEARING]

EXHIBIT C

Valuation Analysis

[TO BE FILED PRIOR TO DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HEARING]

EXHIBIT D

Debtor’s 10-K

EXHIBIT E

Medley Management’s 10-K

Annex C

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

___________________


Pursuant to Section 228 and 242 of

the General Corporation Law of the

State of Delaware

___________________

Medley MANAGEMENT INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be and hereby is amended by adding the following Section 4.4 to the end thereof:
“Section 4.4.    Reverse Stock Split.
(A)    Effective as of [ ], 2020 at [ ] [A.M/P.M.], Eastern Time (the “Effective Time”), (i) each [NUMBER] shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, subject to the treatment of fractional share interests as described below and (ii) each [NUMBER] shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Class B Common Stock without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, subject to the treatment of fractional share interests as described below (clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, the “Reverse Stock Split”). No fractional shares shall be issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. Stockholders who otherwise would be entitled to receive fractional shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash (without interest) from the Corporation’s transfer agent in lieu of such fractional share interests upon the submission of a transmission letter by a stockholder holding the shares in book-entry form and, where shares are held in certificated form, upon the surrender of the stockholder’s Certificated Shares (as defined below), in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the closing price per share of the Class A Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange as of the date of the Effective Time, by (b) the fraction of one share owned by the stockholder. Each certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Certificated Shares”), shall thereafter represent that number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Class A Common Stock represented by the Certificated Shares shall have been combined, subject to the elimination of fractional share interests as described above.”
SECOND: This Certificate of Amendment shall become effective as of [ ], 2020 at [ ] [A.M/P.M.], Eastern Time.
THIRD: This Certificate of Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the DGCL. The Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions setting forth and declaring advisable this Certificate of Amendment and directed that the proposed amendments be considered by the stockholders of the Corporation. The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation was duly called upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the DGCL and held on [ ], 2020, at which meeting the necessary number of shares were voted in favor of the proposed amendments. The stockholders of the Corporation duly adopted this Certificate of Amendment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused the Certificate of Amendment to be duly executed in its corporate name as of the [ ] day of [ ], 2020.



MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
By: ______________________________
Name:
Title:



ANNEX B
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
___________________
Pursuant to Section 228 and 242 of
the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware
___________________
Medley MANAGEMENT INC. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: Section 4.1 of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“4.1

Capitalization. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 6,001,000[ ] shares, consisting of (i) 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”), (ii) 5,000,000[ ] shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), and (iii) 1,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).”

SECOND: This Certificate of Amendment shall become effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: This Certificate of Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the DGCL. The Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions setting forth and declaring advisable this Certificate of Amendment and directed that the proposed amendments be considered by the stockholders of the Corporation. The annualA special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation was duly called upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the DGCL and held on [ ], 2020,2021, at which meeting the necessary number of shares were voted in favor of the proposed amendments.amendment. The stockholders of the Corporation duly adopted this Certificate of Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused the Certificate of Amendment to be duly executed in its corporate name as of the [ ] day of [ ], 2020.2021.



MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.
By: ______________________________
Name:
Title:


ANNEX C

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
AS AMENDED PURSUANT TO PROPOSAL NO. 6























































MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

1.

Purpose. The purpose of the Medley Management Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Companyand its Affiliates may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock or LLC Interests, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2.

Definitions. The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a)

Absolute Share Limit” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(b) of the Plan.

By:

(b)

Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

Name:

(c)

Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award, Performance Compensation Award or LLC Interests granted under the Plan.

Title:


(d)
Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)
Cause” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) “Cause”, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), the Participant’s (A) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties; (B) engagement in conduct in connection with the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient, which results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate; (C) conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, (I) any felony; or (II) any other crime that results, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company or any Affiliate; (D) material violation of the written policies of the Service Recipient, including but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (E) fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or any Affiliate; or (F) act of personal dishonesty that involves personal profit in connection with the Participant’s employment or service to the Service Recipient.

(f)
Change in Control” means:

(i)
the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock, treating, for the avoidance of doubt, all then-outstanding LLC Units as shares of Common Stock assuming the full exchange of then-outstanding LLC Units for shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate; (II) any


proxy1.jpg
acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);proxy2.jpg

(ii)
during any period of 24 months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided,however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as suchterms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; or

(iii)the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company.

(g)
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

(h)
Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof if required with respect to actions taken to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of Awards or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(i)
Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(j)
Company” means Medley Management Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(k)
Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

(l)
Designated Foreign Subsidiaries” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(m)
Detrimental Activity” means any of the following: (i) unauthorized disclosure of any confidential or proprietary information of the Company or its Affiliates; (ii) any activity that would be grounds to terminate the Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient for Cause; (iii) the breach of any noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other agreement containing restrictive covenants, with the Company or its Affiliates; or (iv) fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(n)
Disability” means, as to any Participant, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, (i) “Disability”, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient in effect at the time of such Termination; or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Disability” contained therein), a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether Disability exists shall be made by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.



(o)
Effective Date” means September 23, 2014.

(p)
Eligible Director” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.

(q)
Eligible Person” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) any prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or one of its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he or she begins employment with or providing services to the Company or one of its Affiliates), who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) above has entered into an Award agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee or its designee that they have been selected to participate in the Plan. Solely for purposes of this Section 2(q), “Affiliate” shall be limited to: (1) a Subsidiary; (2) any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code (“Parent”); (3) any corporation, trade or business of which 50% or more of the combined voting power of such entity’s outstanding securities is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent; or (4) any corporation, trade or business which, directly or indirectly, controls 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company.

(r)
Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(s)
Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Company among the Company, Medley LLC and holders of LLC Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

(t)
Exercise Price” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

(u)
Fair Market Value” means, on a given date, if (i) the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided, however, as to any Awards granted on or with a Date of Grant of the date of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering, “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

(v)
Immediate Family Members” has the meaning given such term in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(w)
Incentive Stock Option” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(x)
Indemnifiable Person” has the meaning given such term in Section 4(f) of the Plan.



(y)
LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medley LLC, as the same may be amended from time to time.

(z)
LLC Interests” means any interest in Medley LLC that is designated by the Committee that is available to be issued or granted under the Plan as an LLC Interest.

(aa)
LLC Units” has the meaning given such term in the Exchange Agreement.

(ab)
Negative Discretion” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ac)
Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(ad)
Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ae)
NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

(af)
Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(ag)
Option Period” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(ah)
Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(ai)
Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

(aj)
Performance Compensation Award” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(ak)
Performance Criteria” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

(al)
Performance Formula” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(am)
Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

(an)
Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time of not less than 12 months, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

(ao)
Permitted Transferee” has the meaning given such term in Section 14(b) of the Plan.

(ap)
Person” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision).

(aq)
Plan” means this Medley Management Inc.2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(ar)
Restricted Period” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.



(as)
Restricted Stock” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(at)
Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(au)
SAR Period” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

(av)
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(aw)
Service Recipient” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

(ax)
Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(ay)
Strike Price” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

(az)
Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i)any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii)any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

(ba)
Substitute Award” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.

(bb)
Sub-Plans” means, any sub-plan to this Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the United States of America, with each such sub-plan designed to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub-Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with applicable local laws, the Absolute Share Limit shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub-Plan adopted hereunder.

(bc)
Termination” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient.

3.
Effective Date; Duration. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date noAwards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.



4.
Administration.
(a)The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he or she takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is subject to Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, be an Eligible Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(b)Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable, to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan; and (x) adopt Sub-Plans.

(c)Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are Non-Employee Directors or otherwise are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (ii) who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d)Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any of its Affiliates, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

(e)Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company, any of its Affiliates or any entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.

(f)
No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary (each such person, an “Indemnifiable Person”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such


Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s organizational documents, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(g)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5.
Grant of Awards; Shares and LLC Interests Subject to the Plan; Limitations.

(a)The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

(b)
Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, the total number of Awards available under the Plan shall be no more than 19,000,000 (the “Absolute Share Limit”), of which all or any portion may be issued as shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests; (ii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, grants of Options or SARs under the Plan in respect of no more than 4,500,000 shares of Common Stock may be made to any individual Participant during any single fiscal year of the Company (for this purpose, if a SAR is granted in tandem with an Option (such that the SAR expires with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is exercised), only the shares underlying the Option shall count against this limitation); (iii) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than the number ofshares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be issued in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) subject to Section 12 of the Plan, no more than 2,250,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such share denominated Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates; (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $1,000,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes); and (vi) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash (described in Section 11(a) of the Plan) shall be $7,500,000.Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, the Common Stock delivered by the Company or its Affiliates upon exchange of the LLC Interests that have been issued under the Plan shall be issued under the Plan.



(c)
Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price or Strike Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not issued to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however, that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either: (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan; or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

(d)Shares of Common Stock issued by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing.

(e)
Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit; provided, that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

6.
Eligibility. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

7.
Options.

(a)
General. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, butrather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b)
Exercise Price. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“Exercise Price”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided,however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing morethan 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.



(c)
Vesting and Expiration; Termination.

(i)
Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events as determined by the Committee; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Options at any time and for any reason. Options shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “Option Period”); provided, that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), then the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Option Period exceed five (5) years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ii)Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).

(d)
Method of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable: (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual issuance of such shares to the Company); provided, that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including, without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price; (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price or (C) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding and any other applicable taxes. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e)
Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option. Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to


the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

(f)
Compliance With Laws, etc. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as it may be amended from time to time, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.

8.
Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)
General. Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

(b)
Strike Price. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“Strike Price”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.

(c)
Vesting and Expiration; Termination.

(i)
A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events as determined by the Committee; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such vesting dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any SAR at any time and for any reason. SARs shall expire upon a date determined by the Committee, not to exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “SAR Period”); provided, that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), then the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.

(ii)Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of: (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire; (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one (1) year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period); and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period).

(d)
Method of Exercise. SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e)
Payment. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair


Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(f)
Substitution of SARs for Nonqualified Stock Options. The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to substitute, without the consent of the affected Participant or any holder or beneficiary of SARs, SARs settled in shares of Common Stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options; provided that (i) the substitution shall not otherwise result in a modification of the terms of any such Nonqualified Stock Option; (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the substituted SARs shall be the same as the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Nonqualified Stock Options; and (iii) the Strike Price of the substituted SARs shall be equal to the Exercise Price of such Nonqualified Stock Options.

9.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(i)
General. Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(ii)
Stock Certificates and Book-Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than issued to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 14(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such Restricted Stock; provided that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to any grant of Restricted Stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time), any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company and delivered (without interest) to the Participant within fifteen (15) days following the date on which the restrictions on such Restricted Stock lapse (and the right to any such accumulated dividends shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of the Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate). To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(iii)
Restricted Period; Termination.

(i)
The Restricted Period with respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee; provided, however, that notwithstanding any such dates or events, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the lapse of the Restricted Period at any time and for any reason.

(ii)Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, have vested (x) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall cease and (y) unvested shares of Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant, for no consideration, as of the date of such Termination.

(d)
Issuance of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units.



(i)Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book-entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share). Dividends, if any, that may have been withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (on the date of distribution) equal to the amount of such dividends, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

(ii)
Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall issue to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one (1) share of Common Stock (or other securities or other property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part shares of Common Stock in lieu of issuing only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units; or (ii) defer the issuance of shares of Common Stock (or cash or part shares of Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the release of restrictions on such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

(e)
Legends on Restricted Stock. Each certificate, if any, representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC. 2014 Omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC. AND PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF MEDLEY MANAGEMENT INC.

10.
Other Stock- or LLC Interest-Based Awards. The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive grants of Awardsat a future date, other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units) or LLC Interests, under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement. Each Other Stock-Based Award so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

11.
Performance Compensation Awards.



(a)
General. The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall also have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 11 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan).

(b)
Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula(e). Within the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing.

(c)
Performance Criteria. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or on a non-GAAP basis: (i) net earnings, net income (before or after taxes) or consolidated net income; (ii) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (iii) net revenue or net revenue growth; (iv) gross revenue or gross revenue growth, gross profit or gross profit growth; (v) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (vi) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on investment, assets, capital, employed capital, invested capital, equity, or sales); (vii) cash flow measures (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, or cash flow return on capital), which may but are not required to be measured on a per share basis; (viii) earnings before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization (including EBIT and EBITDA); (ix) gross or net operating margins; (x) productivity ratios; (xi) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (xii) expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; (xiii) operating efficiency; (xiv) objective measures of customer/client satisfaction; (xv) working capital targets; (xvi) measures of economic value added or other ‘value creation’ metrics; (xvii) enterprise value; (xviii) sales; (xix) stockholder return; (xx) customer/client retention; (xxi) competitive market metrics; (xxii) employee retention; (xxiii) objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); (xxiv) comparisons of continuing operations to other operations; (xxv) market share; (xxvi) cost of capital, debt leverage year-end cash position or book value; (xxvii) strategic objectives; or (xxviii) any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.



(d)
Modification of Performance Goal(s). In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining stockholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; and (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

(e)
Payment of Performance Compensation Awards.

(i)
Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii)
Limitation. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals.

(iii)
Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.

(iv)
Use of Negative Discretion. In determining the actual amount of an individual Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to: (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

(f)
Timing of Award Payments. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares


of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. Any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii) of the Plan).

12.
Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events. In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or otherdistribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property, including LLC Interests), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or LLC Interests, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or LLC Interests, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including, without limitation, any or all of the following:

(a)adjusting any or all of (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder; (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property, including LLC Interests) which may be issued in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan); and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property, including LLC Interests) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate; (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award; or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria and Performance Goals);

(b)providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than ten (10) days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

(c)cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company or holders of LLC Interests, as applicable, in such event), including, without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

provided, however, that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 12 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 12 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any such
adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Payments to holders pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary


for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable, covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price). In addition, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 12, the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards; (B) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Common Stock or LLC Interests, as applicable and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.

13.
Amendments and Termination.

(a)
Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if: (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted) or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards; (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 12 of the Plan) or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 13(b) of the Plan without stockholder approval.

(b)
Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further, that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 12 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR; (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the intrinsic value (if any) of the cancelled Option or SAR and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

14.
General.

(a)
Award Agreements. Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

(b)
Nontransferability.

(i)Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or


encumbered by a Participant (including, without limitation, except as may be prohibited by applicable law, pursuant to a domestic relations order) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for federal income tax purposes;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii)The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that: (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the Termination of the Participant under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(c)
Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends, dividend equivalents, or similar payments in respect of Awards, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided, that no dividends, dividend equivalents or other similar payments shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs; or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time) (although dividends, dividend equivalents or other similar payments may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within fifteen (15) days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

(d)
Tax Withholding.

(i)A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property issuable or deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, shares


of Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding or any other applicable taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding or any other applicable taxes.

(ii)Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability, provided that with respect to shares withheld pursuant to clause (B), the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability.

(e)
No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver. No employee of the Company or any Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

(f)
International Participants. With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Sub-Plans or outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.

(g)
Designation and Change of Beneficiary. Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

(h)
Termination. Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence (including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination of employment, but


such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

(i)
No Rights as a Stockholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to such person.

(j)
Government and Other Regulations.

(i)The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the Federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable Federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(ii)The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company��s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.



(k)
No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company. No election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(l)
Payments to Persons Other Than Participants. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m)
Nonexclusivity of the Plan. Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

(n)
No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(o)
Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself.

(p)
Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law.

(q)
Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

(r)
Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s)
Obligations Binding on Successors. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other


reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

(t)
409A of the Code.

(i)Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

(ii)
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii)
Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u)
Clawback/Forfeiture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such Award if the Participant has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity, the Participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such Award, and must repay the gain to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including, without limitation, by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

(v)
Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall Be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.





mdlyproxycardproof91820page1.jpg


mdlyproxycardproof92120page2.jpg

24